imc cronos pl manual

© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH

imc CRONOS PL/SL

01.06.2007 Version 3.0

imc Meßsysteme GmbH, Voltastrasse 5, 13355 Berlin

user's manual

Rev 2

imc CRONOS PL/SL user's manual2


Inhaltsverzeichnis

imc CRONOS-PL/SL user's manual

................................................................................................................................... 101.1 imc Customer Support - Hotline

................................................................................................................................... 111.2 Guide to Using the Manual

................................................................................................................................... 121.3 Guidelines

......................................................................................................................................................... 121.3.1 CE Certification

......................................................................................................................................................... 131.3.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity

......................................................................................................................................................... 131.3.3 Quality Management

......................................................................................................................................................... 131.3.4 imc Limited Warranty

......................................................................................................................................................... 131.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE

......................................................................................................................................................... 141.3.6 Product improvement

................................................................................................................................... 151.4 Important notes

......................................................................................................................................................... 151.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC

......................................................................................................................................................... 151.4.2 FCC-Note

......................................................................................................................................................... 151.4.3 Modifications

......................................................................................................................................................... 161.4.4 Cables

......................................................................................................................................................... 161.4.5 Other Provisions

Chapter 1: General Notes

................................................................................................................................... 172.1 After unpacking ...

................................................................................................................................... 172.2 Transporting imc CRONOS-PL/SL

................................................................................................................................... 172.3 Guarantee

................................................................................................................................... 182.4 Before starting

................................................................................................................................... 182.5 Grounding, shielding

................................................................................................................................... 192.6 Power supply

......................................................................................................................................................... 192.6.1 Main switch

......................................................................................................................................................... 202.6.2 Remote control of the main switch

................................................................................................................................... 212.7 UPS

......................................................................................................................................................... 212.7.1 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration

......................................................................................................................................................... 222.7.2 Charging time

......................................................................................................................................................... 222.7.3 Take-over threshold

................................................................................................................................... 222.8 Modularity

......................................................................................................................................................... 232.8.1 Exchanging modules

................................................................................................................................... 232.9 Rechargeable batteries

................................................................................................................................... 232.10 Fuses

................................................................................................................................... 242.11 Precautions for operation

................................................................................................................................... 242.12 Notes on maintenance and servicing

................................................................................................................................... 252.13 Cleaning

................................................................................................................................... 252.14 Industrial Safety

Chapter 2: Introduction

................................................................................................................................... 263.1 What does imc CRONOS-PL/SL have to offer?

3


......................................................................................................................................................... 293.1.1 The optimum housing for every application

.................................................................................................................................................. 293.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL Properties common to all devices

........................................................................................................................................... 293.1.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL-4

........................................................................................................................................... 303.1.1.1.2 imc CRONOS-PL-8

........................................................................................................................................... 303.1.1.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL-13 AC, imc CRONOS-PL 15 DC

........................................................................................................................................... 313.1.1.1.4 imc CRONOS-PL-16

.................................................................................................................................................. 323.1.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL

........................................................................................................................................... 323.1.1.2.1 imc CRONOS-SL-2

........................................................................................................................................... 333.1.1.2.2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

................................................................................................................................... 333.2 Device Overview

................................................................................................................................... 343.3 Features you don't find just anywhere

......................................................................................................................................................... 343.3.1 imc CRONOS-PL/SL trigger capabilities

......................................................................................................................................................... 353.3.2 Flexible data storage

.................................................................................................................................................. 353.3.2.1 Storage options

......................................................................................................................................................... 353.3.3 Real-time data reduction "Transitional Recording"

Chapter 3: Conditioning andSignal Connection

................................................................................................................................... 364.1 General

......................................................................................................................................................... 364.1.1 Sampling interval

......................................................................................................................................................... 364.1.2 Specific parameters

......................................................................................................................................................... 374.1.3 Filter-Settings

.................................................................................................................................................. 374.1.3.1 Theoretical background

.................................................................................................................................................. 374.1.3.2 General filter concept of imc CRONOS-PL/SL

.................................................................................................................................................. 374.1.3.3 Filters implemented through imc-Devices Versions 2.4, 2.5 R1

.................................................................................................................................................. 384.1.3.4 Filters implemented as of imc-Devices Version 2.5 R2:

......................................................................................................................................................... 394.1.4 Synchronicity

................................................................................................................................... 404.2 Measurement types

......................................................................................................................................................... 404.2.1 Temperature measurement

.................................................................................................................................................. 404.2.1.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC

.................................................................................................................................................. 414.2.1.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement

.................................................................................................................................................. 414.2.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL/SL Thermo-plug

........................................................................................................................................... 424.2.1.3.1 Schematic: imc-Thermoplug (ACC/DSUB-T4) with isolatedvolatage channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 434.2.2 Bridge measurements

.................................................................................................................................................. 434.2.2.1 General remarks

.................................................................................................................................................. 444.2.2.2 Carrier frequency amplifier: Modulation principle

.................................................................................................................................................. 454.2.2.3 Bridge measurements with wire strain gauges (WSGs)

........................................................................................................................................... 464.2.2.3.1 Quarter bridge for 120 Ohm WSG

........................................................................................................................................... 464.2.2.3.2 General half bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 474.2.2.3.3 Poisson half bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 474.2.2.3.4 Half bridge with two active strain gauges in uniaxial direction

........................................................................................................................................... 484.2.2.3.5 Half bridges with one active and one passive strain gauge

........................................................................................................................................... 484.2.2.3.6 General Full bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 494.2.2.3.7 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in opposed branches

........................................................................................................................................... 494.2.2.3.8 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in adjacent branches

........................................................................................................................................... 504.2.2.3.9 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction

........................................................................................................................................... 504.2.2.3.10 Full bridge (Half bridge-shear strain) opposite arms twoactive strain gauges

........................................................................................................................................... 514.2.2.3.11 Scaling for the strain analysis

........................................................................................................................................... 514.2.2.3.12 Bridge balancing

......................................................................................................................................................... 524.2.3 Measurement with current-fed sensors

......................................................................................................................................................... 524.2.4 Incremental encoders



................................................................................................................................... 534.3 Modules

......................................................................................................................................................... 534.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage

.................................................................................................................................................. 534.3.1.1 Voltage measurement’s

........................................................................................................................................... 534.3.1.1.1 1/3-octave calculation

.................................................................................................................................................. 534.3.1.2 Measurements with ICP sensors

......................................................................................................................................................... 544.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module

......................................................................................................................................................... 554.3.3 BR-4 Bridge amplifier

.................................................................................................................................................. 554.3.3.1 Block schematic of bridge channels BR-4

.................................................................................................................................................. 554.3.3.2 Terminal scheme of the imc BR-4 amplifier terminal pods

.................................................................................................................................................. 564.3.3.3 BR-4 connectionc scheme

........................................................................................................................................... 564.3.3.3.1 Full bridge, double sense

........................................................................................................................................... 564.3.3.3.2 Full bridge, double and single line-sense

........................................................................................................................................... 564.3.3.3.3 Half-bridge, double sense

........................................................................................................................................... 574.3.3.3.4 Half-bridge, single line-sense

........................................................................................................................................... 574.3.3.3.5 Half-bridge, without sense

........................................................................................................................................... 584.3.3.3.6 Quarter bridge, with sense

........................................................................................................................................... 584.3.3.3.7 Quarter-bridge, without sense

...................................................................................................................................... 594.3.3.3.7.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration:

.................................................................................................................................................. 594.3.3.4 Overload recognition

.................................................................................................................................................. 604.3.3.5 Cable qualities and configuration

......................................................................................................................................................... 614.3.4 C-8 voltage and temperature

.................................................................................................................................................. 614.3.4.1 Voltage measurement Standard (DSUB) and Var. I (BNC)

.................................................................................................................................................. 614.3.4.2 Temperature measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 614.3.4.2.1 imc Thermoplugs (Type: Standard DSUB)

........................................................................................................................................... 624.3.4.2.2 Measurement with PT100 (RTD) (Type: Standard DSUB)

........................................................................................................................................... 624.3.4.2.3 Thermocouple measurement (Variety II - plugs for Type K)

.................................................................................................................................................. 634.3.4.3 Optional sensor supply module

.................................................................................................................................................. 634.3.4.4 Connector plugs

......................................................................................................................................................... 644.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs

......................................................................................................................................................... 654.3.6 DCB-8 Voltage, current, ICP and bridge

.................................................................................................................................................. 654.3.6.1 Voltage measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 654.3.6.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference

........................................................................................................................................... 664.3.6.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference

........................................................................................................................................... 664.3.6.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential

........................................................................................................................................... 664.3.6.1.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare)

.................................................................................................................................................. 674.3.6.2 Current measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 674.3.6.2.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 674.3.6.2.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 674.3.6.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variablesupply

.................................................................................................................................................. 684.3.6.3 Bridge measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 694.3.6.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 694.3.6.3.2 Case 2: Half bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 704.3.6.3.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge

...................................................................................................................................... 704.3.6.3.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option.

........................................................................................................................................... 714.3.6.3.4 General notes

........................................................................................................................................... 714.3.6.3.5 Balancing and shunt calibration

.................................................................................................................................................. 724.3.6.4 Sensor supply module

.................................................................................................................................................. 724.3.6.5 Bandwidth

......................................................................................................................................................... 734.3.7 DI-16 Digital inputs

.................................................................................................................................................. 734.3.7.1 Block schematic

.................................................................................................................................................. 744.3.7.2 Possible configurations

.................................................................................................................................................. 744.3.7.3 Data format, asynchronous polling mode

.................................................................................................................................................. 744.3.7.4 Display digital channels

5


......................................................................................................................................................... 754.3.8 DI-HV-4: Digital inputs for high voltages

.................................................................................................................................................. 754.3.8.1 DC-Mode

.................................................................................................................................................. 754.3.8.2 AC-Mode

.................................................................................................................................................. 784.3.8.3 Connection

......................................................................................................................................................... 794.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4 Digital inputs and outputs, incremental encoder

.................................................................................................................................................. 794.3.9.1 16 Digital Inputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4)

........................................................................................................................................... 794.3.9.1.1 Input voltage

........................................................................................................................................... 804.3.9.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels

.................................................................................................................................................. 814.3.9.2 Digital outputs

........................................................................................................................................... 824.3.9.2.1 Block schematic

........................................................................................................................................... 824.3.9.2.2 Possible configurations

.................................................................................................................................................. 834.3.9.3 Incremental Encoder Channels (DI16-DO8-ENC4)

........................................................................................................................................... 834.3.9.3.1 Incremental encoder track configuration options

........................................................................................................................................... 844.3.9.3.2 Block schematic

......................................................................................................................................................... 854.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs

.................................................................................................................................................. 864.3.10.1 Block schematic

.................................................................................................................................................. 864.3.10.2 Possible configurations

.................................................................................................................................................. 864.3.10.3 Notes on exerting control through Online FAMOS

......................................................................................................................................................... 874.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs

.................................................................................................................................................. 884.3.11.1 Schematic diagram

.................................................................................................................................................. 884.3.11.2 Configuration of driver mode:

........................................................................................................................................... 894.3.11.2.1 Open drain mode:

........................................................................................................................................... 894.3.11.2.2 Open source mode:

........................................................................................................................................... 904.3.11.2.3 Totem pole mode:

........................................................................................................................................... 904.3.11.2.4 TTL / CMOS (5V) mode:

......................................................................................................................................................... 914.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels

.................................................................................................................................................. 914.3.12.1 Measurement quantities

.................................................................................................................................................. 914.3.12.2 Time measurement conditions

.................................................................................................................................................. 924.3.12.3 Scaling

.................................................................................................................................................. 924.3.12.4 Sensor types, synchronization

.................................................................................................................................................. 934.3.12.5 Comparator conditioning (threshold, hysteresis)

.................................................................................................................................................. 954.3.12.6 Channel assignment

.................................................................................................................................................. 964.3.12.7 Connection

........................................................................................................................................... 964.3.12.7.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor

........................................................................................................................................... 974.3.12.7.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers

........................................................................................................................................... 974.3.12.7.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals

......................................................................................................................................................... 984.3.13 HRENC-4 High Resolution Counter

.................................................................................................................................................. 984.3.13.1 Settings in imcDevices

........................................................................................................................................... 994.3.13.1.1 Input

........................................................................................................................................... 994.3.13.1.2 Signalshape

.................................................................................................................................................. 994.3.13.2 Functioning

.................................................................................................................................................. 994.3.13.3 Connection

......................................................................................................................................................... 1004.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels


......................................................................................................................................................... 1004.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels



.................................................................................................................................................. 1004.3.15.3 Supply voltage

......................................................................................................................................................... 1024.3.16 HV-4U, HV-2U2I Voltage, current probe

.................................................................................................................................................. 1024.3.16.1 High-voltage channels of the HV-module

........................................................................................................................................... 1024.3.16.1.1 Voltage measurement

.................................................................................................................................................. 1024.3.16.2 Current probe channels of the HV-module

........................................................................................................................................... 1024.3.16.2.1 Voltage measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 1034.3.16.2.2 Current measurement



.................................................................................................................................................. 1034.3.16.3 Connections

........................................................................................................................................... 1034.3.16.3.1 Voltages

........................................................................................................................................... 1044.3.16.3.2 Currents

........................................................................................................................................... 1054.3.16.3.3 Using transducers

........................................................................................................................................... 1054.3.16.3.4 Rogowski coil

........................................................................................................................................... 1054.3.16.3.5 Pin configuration and cable wiring

......................................................................................................................................................... 1064.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage, current-fed sensor

.................................................................................................................................................. 1064.3.17.1 input coupling




........................................................................................................................................... 1074.3.17.2.3 Voltage measurement: With taring

.................................................................................................................................................. 1084.3.17.3 Bandwidth

......................................................................................................................................................... 1094.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage, current-fed sensor

.................................................................................................................................................. 1094.3.18.1 Input coupling





.................................................................................................................................................. 1094.3.18.3 Bandwidth

......................................................................................................................................................... 1104.3.19 ISO2-8 Isolated voltage channels with current and temp. modes



.................................................................................................................................................. 1114.3.19.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated)


.................................................................................................................................................. 1124.3.19.5 Temperature-channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 1134.3.20 LV-16 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module



.................................................................................................................................................. 1144.3.20.3 External +5V supply voltage


.................................................................................................................................................. 1144.3.20.5 Pin configuration and cabling

......................................................................................................................................................... 1154.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage, current, sensor with current feed




........................................................................................................................................... 1164.3.21.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other, fixed potential



.................................................................................................................................................. 1164.3.21.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug


.................................................................................................................................................. 1174.3.21.5 Bandwidth

......................................................................................................................................................... 1184.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage, current and temperature

.................................................................................................................................................. 1184.3.22.1 Connection




........................................................................................................................................... 1194.3.22.4.1 Thermocouple measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 1204.3.22.4.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement

.................................................................................................................................................. 1204.3.22.5 External sensor supply

........................................................................................................................................... 1204.3.22.5.1 Sensor supply standard (5V)

........................................................................................................................................... 1204.3.22.5.2 Sensor supply optional (2.5V-24V)

.................................................................................................................................................. 1214.3.22.6 Scanner concept

.................................................................................................................................................. 1244.3.22.7 Filter

7


........................................................................................................................................... 1244.3.22.7.1 Filter for OSC-16

......................................................................................................................................................... 1254.3.23 SC2-32 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module



.................................................................................................................................................. 1254.3.23.3 TEDS

.................................................................................................................................................. 1264.3.23.4 External +5V supply voltage


.................................................................................................................................................. 1264.3.23.6 Pin configuration and cabling

......................................................................................................................................................... 1274.3.24 SYNTH-8 Sythesizer: 8 analog outputs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1284.3.25 UNI-8 Voltage, current, temp. and bridge




........................................................................................................................................... 1304.3.25.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential

........................................................................................................................................... 1304.3.25.1.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare)

.................................................................................................................................................. 1304.3.25.2 Current-fed sensors


........................................................................................................................................... 1314.3.25.3.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 1314.3.25.3.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 1324.3.25.3.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variablesupply

.................................................................................................................................................. 1334.3.25.4 Bridge measurement

........................................................................................................................................... 1334.3.25.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 1344.3.25.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge

........................................................................................................................................... 1344.3.25.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge

...................................................................................................................................... 1344.3.25.4.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option

........................................................................................................................................... 1354.3.25.4.4 General notes

........................................................................................................................................... 1354.3.25.4.5 Balancing and shunt calibration


........................................................................................................................................... 1364.3.25.5.1 Thermocouple measurement

...................................................................................................................................... 1374.3.25.5.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference

...................................................................................................................................... 1384.3.25.5.1.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without groundreference

........................................................................................................................................... 1384.3.25.5.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement

...................................................................................................................................... 1394.3.25.5.2.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration



...................................................................................................................................... 1404.3.25.5.2.4 Open sensor detection

.................................................................................................................................................. 1404.3.25.6 Sensors requiring adjustment of their supply

.................................................................................................................................................. 1414.3.25.7 Sensor supply module

.................................................................................................................................................. 1414.3.25.8 Bandwidth

.................................................................................................................................................. 1414.3.25.9 Connectors: DSUB-15 plugs

................................................................................................................................... 1424.4 Miscellaneous

......................................................................................................................................................... 1424.4.1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels

.................................................................................................................................................. 1424.4.1.1 ICP-Sensors

.................................................................................................................................................. 1424.4.1.2 Feed current

.................................................................................................................................................. 1434.4.1.3 ICP-Expansion plug

.................................................................................................................................................. 1434.4.1.4 Configuration

........................................................................................................................................... 1454.4.1.4.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1464.4.2 ACC/DSUB-ESD Expansion plug

......................................................................................................................................................... 1474.4.3 imc Display

......................................................................................................................................................... 1494.4.4 GPS

......................................................................................................................................................... 1514.4.5 LEDs and Beeper

......................................................................................................................................................... 1514.4.6 Modem connection



......................................................................................................................................................... 1514.4.7 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply

......................................................................................................................................................... 1514.4.8 SYNC

......................................................................................................................................................... 1524.4.9 TEDS

.................................................................................................................................................. 1524.4.9.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as child’s play

.................................................................................................................................................. 1524.4.9.2 Particular advantages and applications

.................................................................................................................................................. 1524.4.9.3 Sensor administration by database

Technical specifications andterminal configuration of all basicsystems

................................................................................................................................... 1535.1 Basic systems technical specs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1535.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL

......................................................................................................................................................... 1565.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL

................................................................................................................................... 1585.2 Module overview

................................................................................................................................... 1605.3 Technical specification of the modules

......................................................................................................................................................... 1605.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage / ICP

......................................................................................................................................................... 1625.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module

......................................................................................................................................................... 1635.3.3 BR-4 Bridge, Voltage, Current

......................................................................................................................................................... 1665.3.4 C-8 Voltage / Temperature

......................................................................................................................................................... 1695.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1705.3.6 DCB-8 Bridge channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 1735.3.7 DI-16 Digital input channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 1745.3.8 DI-HV-4 Digital input for high voltages

......................................................................................................................................................... 1755.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4

.................................................................................................................................................. 1755.3.9.1 ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Incremental encoder channels

.................................................................................................................................................. 1765.3.9.2 DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Inputs

.................................................................................................................................................. 1765.3.9.3 DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Outputs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1775.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1785.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs

......................................................................................................................................................... 1805.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 1815.3.13 HRENC-4

......................................................................................................................................................... 1835.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 1845.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels / (non-isolated) volt. channels

......................................................................................................................................................... 1855.3.16 HV-2U2I, HV-4U Voltage / Current probe

......................................................................................................................................................... 1895.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage / ICP

......................................................................................................................................................... 1915.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage / ICP

......................................................................................................................................................... 1925.3.19 ISO2-8 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)

......................................................................................................................................................... 1955.3.20 LV-16 Low Voltage

......................................................................................................................................................... 1975.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage / Current

......................................................................................................................................................... 1995.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)

......................................................................................................................................................... 2025.3.23 SC2-32 Scanner

......................................................................................................................................................... 2045.3.24 SYNTH-8 Synthesizer

......................................................................................................................................................... 2055.3.25 UNI-8 Universal module

......................................................................................................................................................... 2085.3.26 Field bus

.................................................................................................................................................. 2085.3.26.1 ARINC-bus Interface (CRPL/ARINC)

.................................................................................................................................................. 2085.3.26.2 CAN-BUS Interface

.................................................................................................................................................. 2095.3.26.3 LIN-BUS Interface

.................................................................................................................................................. 2095.3.26.4 J1587-BUS Interface

................................................................................................................................... 2105.4 Accessories

......................................................................................................................................................... 2105.4.1 imc Alphanumeric Display

......................................................................................................................................................... 2105.4.2 imc Graphics Display

......................................................................................................................................................... 2125.4.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug

9


......................................................................................................................................................... 2135.4.4 ACC/DSUB-ESD expansion plug

......................................................................................................................................................... 2135.4.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals

......................................................................................................................................................... 2155.4.6 STZ-30 (current probe)

......................................................................................................................................................... 2165.4.7 SUPPLY Sensor supply module

......................................................................................................................................................... 2165.4.8 Sensor supply module CRPL/SEN-SUPPLY

......................................................................................................................................................... 2175.4.9 Synchronization and time base

......................................................................................................................................................... 2185.4.10 DC-12/24 USV

................................................................................................................................... 2195.5 Connection

......................................................................................................................................................... 2195.5.1 DSUB-15 plugs Pin configuration

.................................................................................................................................................. 2205.5.1.1 Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD)

.................................................................................................................................................. 2215.5.1.2 TEDS plugs (ACC/DSUB-TEDS)

.................................................................................................................................................. 2225.5.1.3 Special plugs (ACC/DSUB-)

.................................................................................................................................................. 2235.5.1.4 Standard plugs (CRPL/DSUB-STD)

.................................................................................................................................................. 2245.5.1.5 Special plugs (CRPL/DSUB-)

......................................................................................................................................................... 2255.5.2 SC2-32

.................................................................................................................................................. 2255.5.2.1 Variety 8 x DSUB 15

.................................................................................................................................................. 2265.5.2.2 Variety 2 x DSUB 37

......................................................................................................................................................... 2275.5.3 DSUB-9 plugs

.................................................................................................................................................. 2275.5.3.1 DSUB-9 connectors for field bus

........................................................................................................................................... 2275.5.3.1.1 CAN-Bus

........................................................................................................................................... 2275.5.3.1.2 J1587-Bus

........................................................................................................................................... 2275.5.3.1.3 LIN-Bus

.................................................................................................................................................. 2285.5.3.2 Display plug

.................................................................................................................................................. 2285.5.3.3 Modem DSUB-9 plug

.................................................................................................................................................. 2295.5.3.4 GPS-mouse DSUB-9 plug

......................................................................................................................................................... 2305.5.4 Connector plugs Cross-Reference

Index 232

10 imc CRONOS PL/SL user's manual

imc CRONOS PL/SL user's manual

imc CRONOS-PL/SL user's manual

user's manual

Rev 2 - 01.06.2007 Version 3.0

1.1 imc Customer Support - Hotline

In case of problems or questions, our customer service will be happy to help:

Germany:

imc Meßsysteme GmbHPhone: 030 / 46 70 90 - 26Fax: 030 / 4 63 15 76WWW: http://www.imc-berlin.dee-mail: [email protected]

For our international partners see http://www.imc-berlin.de/en/ and click to International Distributors

When requesting telephone consultation, please be prepared to state the serial numbers for your deviceand for your software's data carrier, and have this manual present. Thanks!

11imc CRONOS-PL/SL user's manual

1.2 Guide to Using the Manual

Tutorials

Troubleshooting

Pins

WHERE? To look for WHAT? Contents

You should really read the following chapters!

Ch. 0 Required Reading! General information, safety con sid erations andtroubleshooting advice

Ch. 1 Introduction Overview of the device family, general technicaldescription of the device

Ch. 2 Signal conditioning and connection Overview of modules and cabling scheme

Ch. T Technical Specifications imc CRONOS-PL/SL spec. sheetIllustrations and tables of connection terminals

WHERE? To look for WHAT? Contents

You should really read the imcDevices manual!

Ch. 1 Getting Started Software installation, require ments, settings, update-info

Ch. 2 Operation Description of the various menu commands and options

Ch. 3 Field bus CAN-Bus-Interface, J1587-Bus

Ch. 4 Triggers and Events Triggered/untriggered measurement, pretrigger,oscilloscope mode, multi-shot operation

Ch. 5 Save Options and DirectoryStructure

Saving to PC hard disk, saving to the device hard disk,autotrial mode, autostart mode, stand-alone mode, directorystructureSample memory requirement estimation

Ch. 6 Online FAMOS Operation and application tips

Ch. 7 µ-Disk, PCMCIA Drive Features of the µ-Disk & Hot-plug

Ch. 8 Network Options Synchronized start (Ethernet-) net-bits

Ch. 9 Synchronization with DCF77 Workings, connecting

Ch. 10 Display Operation and Tutorial

Ch. 11 imcMessaging Automatic generated messages by the devices

Ch. 12 Miscellaneous Tips and tricks

Regularly updated information and up-to-date user's manuals can be accessed on www.imc-berlin.de.

http://www.imc-berlin.de



1.3 Guidelines

1.3.1 CE Certification


1.3.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity

We certify that our software products imcDevices, LOOK, FAMOS, SEARCH, Filter Design, FRAME andOnline-FRAME as well as our hardware product imc CRONOS-PL/SL meet the "C-EURO YEAR 2000"

requirements. There should be no problems in the interpretation of dates. All data recorded after the year1980 (the year DOS was introduced) will be correctly interpreted until the year 2079.

This means in particular (i.a.):

Processing of the date will at no time lead to system interruptions.

Date-based processing operations return the same results regardless of the value for the datasupplied, whether prior to 2000 A.D. or after (up until 2079 A.D.), unless otherwise defined.

The value for the date is defined either explicitly or by an unequivocal algorithm or by a derivablerule, in all interfaces and memory areas.

1.3.3 Quality Management

imc holds DIN-EN-ISO-9001certification since May 1995. imc's conformity to the world-wide acceptedstandard DIN EN 9001:2000 is attested to by the Certificate issued July 2006 by the accredited TÜV CERTcertification body of TÜV Rheinland Anlagentechnik GmbH. imc's certificate registration number is 01 10085152.

1.3.4 imc Limited Warranty

Subject to imc Meßsysteme GmbH's general terms and conditions.

1.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE

The company imc Meßsysteme GmbH is registered under the following number:

WEEE Reg.- # DE 43368136

Brand: imcDevices

Category 9: Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use

Valid as of 24.11.2005

Our products fall under Category 9, "Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use"and are thus at this time exempted from the RoHS guidelines 2002/95/EG.

_______________________________________________________

The law (ElektroG) governing electrical and electronic equipment was announced on March 23, 2005 in the German Federal LawGazette. This law implements two European guidelines in German jurisdiction. The guideline 2002/95/EG serves "to imposerestrictions on the use of hazardous materials in electrical and electronic devices". In English-speaking countries, it is abbreviated as"RoHS" ("Restriction of Hazardous Substances").

The second guideline, 2002/96/EG "on waste electrical and electronics equipment" institutes mandatory acceptance of returned usedequipment and for its recycling; it is commonly referred to as WEEE guidelines ("Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment").

The foundation "Elektro-Altgeräte Register" in Germany is the "Manufacturers’ clearing house" in terms of the law on electric andelectronic equipment ("ElektroG"). This foundation has been appointed to execute the mandatory regulations.



1.3.6 Product improvement

Dear Reader!

We at imc hope that you find this manual helpful and easy to use. To help us in further improving thisdocumentation, we would appreciate hearing any comments or suggestions you may have.

In particular, feel free to give us feedback regarding the following:

Terminology or concepts which are poorly explained

Concepts which should be explained in more depth

Grammar or spelling errors

Printing errors

Please send your comments to the following address:

imc Mess-Systeme GmbH

integrated measurement & control

Customer Service Department

Voltastrasse 5

D - 13355 Berlin

Telephone: 0049 - 30 - 46 70 90 - 26

Telefax: 0049 - 30 - 46 70 90 - 22

e-mail: [email protected]


1.4 Important notes

1.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC

imc CRONOS-PL/SL satisfies the EMC requirements for unrestricted use in industrial settings.

Any additional devices connected to imc CRONOS-PL/SL must satisfy the EMC requirements as specifiedby (within Europe):

BMPT-Vfg. No. 1046/84 or No. 243/91. or

EC Guidelines 89/336/EWG

All products which satisfy these requirements must be appropriately marked by the manufacturer or displaythe CE certification marking.

Products not satisfying these requirements may only be used with special approval of the regulating body inthe country where operated.

All signal lines connected to imc CRONOS-PL/SL must be shielded and the shielding must be grounded.

Note

The EMC tests were carried out using shielded and grounded input and output cables with the exception ofthe power cord. Observe this condition when designing your experiment to ensure high interferenceimmunity and low jamming.

Using the device in living quarters may cause disturbance in other electrical devices.

Reference

See also Chapter 0. "Shielding"

1.4.2 FCC-Note

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant toPart 15 of the FCC Rules (CFR 15.105). These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may causeharmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or televisionreception, which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off, the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver isconnected.

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help.

1.4.3 Modifications

The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are notexpressly approved by imc may void the user's authority to operate this equipment.



1.4.4 Cables

Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods tomaintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations.

1.4.5 Other Provisions

This equipment has been carefully designed, manufactured and individually tested. It has been shipped in acondition in complete compliance with the various safety standards and guidelines described in the CECertification.

We certify that imc CRONOS-PL/SL in all product configuration options corresponding to thisdocumentation conforms to the directives in the accident prevention regulations in "Electric Installationsand Industrial Equipment" (VBG 4 of the Index of Accident Prevention Regulations of the ProfessionalGuilds in Germany).

This certification has the sole purpose of releasing imc from the obligation to have the electrical equipmenttested prior to first use (§ 5 Sec. 1. 4 of VBG 4). This does not affect guarantee and liability regulations ofthe civil code.

17Chapter 1: General Notes

Chapter 1: General Notes

This device has been conceived and designed to comply with the current safety regulations for dataprocessing equipment (which includes business equipment). If you have any questions concerning whetheror not you can use this device in its intended environment, please contact imc or your local distributor.

The measurement system has been carefully designed, assembled and routinely tested in accordance withthe safety regulations specified in the included certificate of conformity and has left imc in perfect operatingcondition. To maintain this condition and to ensure continued danger-free operation, the user should payparticular attention to the remarks and warnings made in this chapter. In this way, you protect yourself andprevent the device from being damaged.

Read this manual before turning the device on for the first time! Pay attention to any additionalinformation pages pertaining to the pin configuration etc. which may have been included with thismanual.

WARNING!Before touching the device sockets and the lines connected to them, make sure static electricity isdrained. Damage arising from electrostatic discharge is not covered by the warrantee.

2.1 After unpacking ...

Please check the device for mechanical damage and/ or loose parts after unpacking it. The supplier mustbe notified immediately of any transportation damage! Do not operate a damaged device!

Check that the list of accessories is complete:

AC/DC-supply unit with mains cable (not for racks)

supply cable (LEMO-plug)

connection plug (corresponding to conditioner module configuration)

imc CRONOS-PL/SL Manual Getting started

Installation-CD for imc-Devices software

Manufacturer's Calibration Certificate

optional: PCMCIA Flashcard (µ-Disk)

2.2 Transporting imc CRONOS-PL/SL

When transporting imc CRONOS-PL/SL, always use the original packaging or a appropriate packagingwhich protects the device against knocks and jolts. If transport damages occur, please be sure to contactthe imc Customer Support. Damage arising from transporting is not covered in the manufacturer'sguarantee.

Possible damage due to condensation can be limited by wrapping the device in plastic sheeting. For moreon this topic, see the notes under Before starting .

2.3 Guarantee

Each device is subjected to a 24-hour "burn-in" before leaving imc. This procedure is capable ofrecognizing almost all cases of early failure. This does not, however, guarantee that a component will notfail after longer operation. Therefore, all imc devices are guaranteed to function properly for one year. Thecondition for this guarantee is that no alterations or modifications have been made to the device by thecustomer.

Unauthorized intervention in the device renders the guarantee null and void.

18



2.4 Before starting

Condensation may form on the circuit boards when the device is moved from a cold environment to a warmone. In these situations, always wait until the device warms up to room temperature and is completely drybefore turning it on. The acclimatization period should take about 2 hours.

We recommend a warm-up phase of at least 30 min prior to taking measurements.

imc CRONOS-PL/SL is approved for operating temperatures of up to 55°C. The ventilation slits must bekept unimpeded to avoid heat buildup in the device interior.

The devices have been designed for use in clean and dry environments. It is not to be operated in 1)exceedingly dusty and/ or wet environments, 2) in environments where danger of explosion exists nor 3) inenvironments containing aggressive chemical agents.

Lay cables in a manner to avoid hazards (tripping) and damage.

2.5 Grounding, shielding

In order to comply with Part 15 of the FCC-regulations applicable to devices of Class B, the system mustbe grounded. Grounding is also the condition for the validity of the technical specifications stated.

Use of the desktop power supply unit, included in the package, ensures proper grounding via the plug'sprotective earth terminal: in the supply unit's LEMO-plug, the supply voltage's (-) pole as well as the shieldand plug enclosure are connected to the cable's ground. The DC-supply input on the device itself(LEMO-socket) is galvanically isolated, i.e. isolated from the housing! If imc CRONOS-PL/SL is poweredby an isolated DC-voltage source (e.g., battery), use the device's black grounding socket ("CHASSIS") toground the device.Also, all signal leads to imc CRONOS-PL/SL must be shielded and the shieldinggrounded (electric contact between the shielding and the plug housing "CHASSIS"). To avoidcompensation currents, always connect the shielding to one side (potential) only.If the imc DSUB blockscrew terminal plug (included in the product package), is used, the shielding should be connected to thepull-relief clamp on the cable bushing. This part of the conductor-coated plastic plug housing has electricalcontact to the imc CRONOS-PL/SL housing, just as Terminals 15 and 16 (labeled: "CHASSIS", to the leftand right of the imc-plug cable bushing) do; but is preferable to the "CHASSIS" terminals for optimumshielding.

+IN

-INsensor

CHASSIS

DC

DC

DSUB LEMOisolation

CHASSIS

GND

LEMO

DC

AC

LINEIsolation

110..240VAC (50/60Hz)

PE

power-supply

imc CRONOS-PL

supply-cablemeasurement

- cable

inputs supply

NoteWhen using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes, ensure thatall devices are the same voltage level. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evenedout using an additional line having adequate cross section.Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC, see also chapterSynchronization in the imcDevices manual.


2.6 Power supply

imc CRONOS-PL/SL is powered by a DC-supply voltage which is supplied via a 2-pole LEMO-plug (typedesignation: FGG.2B.302.CLAD62Z (big), FGG.1B.302 CLAD 76 (middle) , FGG.0B.302 CLAD 52ZN(small))).

The permissible supply voltage range is 10 ... 36V (DC) at 130W max. consumption. The product packageincludes a corresponding desktop supply unit (15V , DC) as an AC-adapter for mains voltage (110 .. 240V 50/60Hz).

NOTEPlease note, that the operation temperature of the desktop supply is prepared for 0°C to 40°C, even ifyour measurement devices is designed for extended temperature range!

The package also includes a cable with a ready-made LEMO-plug which can be connected to a DC-voltagesource such as a car battery. When using this, note the following:

Grounding of the device must be ensured. If the power supply unit comes with a grounding line, itwould be possible to ground the system "by force", by making a connection from this line to the plugenclosure (and thus to the device ground). The table-top power supply unit is made to allow this.This manner of proceeding may not be desirable because it may be desirable to avoid transientcurrents along this line (e.g. in vehicles). In this case the ground-connection must be made to thedevice directly. For this purpose a (black) banana jack ("CHASSIS") is provided.

The feed line must have low resistance, the cable must have an adequate cross-section. Anyinterference-suppressing filters which may be inserted into the line must not have any series inductorgreater than 1mH. Otherwise an additional parallel-capacitor is needed.

Pin configuration:

LEMO-Plug(inside view onsoldering pins)

+Supply

-Supply

FGG.2B.302.CLAD62ZFGG.1B.302.CLAD76

FGG.0B.302.CLAD52ZN

2.6.1 Main switch

The device's main switch is a rocker-switch which must be pressed down on the "ON"-side (upperportion) for approx. 1 sec. to achieve activation, indicated by the "POWER"-LED flashing. If the deviceboots correctly, three short beep-tones are emitted.

To switch the device off, press the rocker switch down on the OFF-side (lower portion) for approx. 1 sec.This causes the device to not be deactivated abruptly during a running measurement. Instead, any files onthe internal hard drive involved are closed before the device switches off by itself. This process takes up to10sec. Holding the "OFF"-side of the switch down is not necessary! If no measurement is currently running,it takes only approx. 1second for the device to be deactivated.

If this mechanism isn't working due to a malfunction or some other reason, it is possible to achieveimmediate deactivation immediately by using a pen tip (or anything else appropriate) to press the little,counter-sunk "RST"-button located directly below the main switch.



2.6.2 Remote control of the main switch

As an alternative to the manual main switch on the device's front panel, a remote-controllable electriccontact can be used to switch the device on and off. The connector on the backplane designated"REMOTE" provides this contact: connecting the signals "SWITCH" and "ON" for a short or long periodswitches the device on; connecting "SWITCH" to "OFF" switches it off. PL8 and PL16 has a DSUB-15socket.

The signal " SWITCH1" serves to run the device with the switch permanently bridged: when "ON" and"SWITCH1" are connected, the device starts as soon as an external supply voltage is provided. If thissupply is interrupted, the UPS keeps the device activated for the appropriate buffer duration in order toclose the measurement and files, and then the device deactivates itself. Starting the device on the internalbattery isn't possible in this configuration, but once it has started the device can run on the battery as abackup. This type of operation is specially designed for use in a vehicle, permanently coupled to the ignitionand not requiring manual control.

Any switch or relay contact used for this purpose must be able to bear a current of approx. 50mA at 10max. The reference voltage for these signals is the primary voltage supply.

Pin configuration: "REMOTE”-plug

PL8, PL16

DSUB-15 Pin

Terminal

(imc DSUB terminal plug)

Signals at

the REMOTE-plug

9 1 OFF

2 2 SWITCH

10

3

11(1)

3

4

5

ON

SWITCH1

-BATT (internal test pin)

RST

mainframe 15.16 CHASSIS

Possible configurations

Function Jumper between

Switch on "normal" SWITCH and ON

Switch on when connected to main supply only "jumpered main switch " SWITCH1 and ON

Switch off SWITCH and OFF

Forced switch off RST and CHASSIS


2.7 UPS

An optional module for uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is available. This unit makes it possible forimc CRONOS-PL/SL to continue through a short-term outage of the mains power supply (10 - 36V, DC). Itis especially useful in mobile settings (on board vehicles) in order to handle the drop in voltage from thevehicle battery which occurs at ignition.

The use of backup power from the battery is indicated by the control lamp "PWR" changing from green toyellow and the buzzer sounding.

The buffering of the power supply is provided by a built-in lead/gel storage battery (accumulator), which isrecharged during normal operation by the external power supply.

The UPS provides backup in case of power outage and also monitors its duration. If the power outage iscontinuous and if it exceeds the device's buffer duration (standard: 30sec.), the device deactivates itself.This is done in the same way as in the case of manual deactivation, i.e., any running measurements andpertinent files are closed, which can cause a delay of up to approx. 10s.

If the power outage isn't continuous but only temporary as in the case of a vehicle being started, the bufferduration monitoring always jumps back to the beginning.

Thus, a typical application of this configuration is in vehicles, where the power supply is coupled to theignition. A buffer is thus provided against short-term interruptions. And on the other hand, deep dischargeof the buffer battery is avoided in cases where the measurement system is not deactivated when thevehicle is turned off.

Operation is also possible with the main switch (DSUB Pin3 ON1), which as a separate control contact hasa terminal "REMOTE" on the backplane, permanently bridged: it is then no longer necessary to switch thedevice on or off manually. In this case, the device can only be activated if an external supply voltage isconnected. This configuration enables, for instance, automatic monitoring measurements in a vehicle whenthe unit is permanently installed in an inaccessible location: when the vehicle and the power supply itprovides are started, the device starts and deactivates itself 30 seconds after the vehicle was turned off.

2.7.1 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration

The buffer time constant is a permanently configurable device parameter which can be selected as aorder option. By default, it is 30s. It sets the maximum duration of a continuous power outage after whichthe device turns itself off.

Upon request, the device can also be configured with other buffering times. A setting is available whichtriggers automatic deactivation only when the maximum battery capacity has been reached and deepdischarge is immanent (maximum buffer duration).

The maximum buffer duration is the maximum (total) time, determined by the battery capacity, which thedevice can run on backup. This refers to cases where the self-deactivation is not triggered; e.g., in case ofrepeated short-term power-interruptions. The maximum buffer duration depends on the battery's currentcharge, on the ambient temperature and on the battery's age. A minimum duration of 8min (at 23°C) isusually achieved. The device automatically deactivates itself just in time to avoid deep discharge of thebattery.

The main switch's design prevents the device from re-activating itself after having been deactivated in themanner described above. If the device is "permanently" on due to the REMOTE contact being bridged, theinternal wiring of this contact ensures that the device only activates itself if an external supply voltage isconnected.



2.7.2 Charging time

With an external supply voltage connected and the device activated (!), about 12W of power areeffectively available for the purpose of charging the internal buffer (backup) battery, up to 15W in the shortterm. The time needed for charging up for the desired buffer duration is thus given by:

T_Charge = T_Buffer * total power / 12W

Thus, with a total power consumption of 130W (for a device equipped to the maximum configuration), theratio of discharge time to charging time is approx. 1:11. The minimum charging time to ensure a bufferduration of 1 min (typ. vehicle ignition process) is thus approx. 11 min.

These values apply to a discharges battery and normal room temperature. The maximum available totalcapacity is approx. 15Wh. Complete charge-up is achieved after approx. 24 hours. Due to the inevitableself-discharge or leakage, the device should be run every few months at least for the purpose of assuringthat the UPS-storage battery is fully charged and at the ready.

2.7.3 Take-over threshold

The voltage threshold at which the storage battery takes over the power supply from the external source isapprox. 9.75V. The take-over procedure is subjected to an hysteresis to prevent oscillating take-over. Thiswould be caused by the external supply's impedance. This inevitable impedance lets the external supplyrise again, right after take-over to internal buffering. Hysteresis in the take-over threshold will preventoscillations due to this effect. If, during supply from of the buffering battery, the external supply voltage risesas high as 10.9V, the external voltage takes over again from the buffering battery.

If you check these thresholds, note that when the supply voltage is overlaid with a high frequencyinterference or ripple-voltage, the minima are of key importance. In fact, the overlying interference could becaused by feedback from the device itself!

NoteThe voltage specification refers to the device terminals. Please consider the voltage drop of the supply line,when determining the voltage supply.

2.8 Modularity

The devices belonging to the imc CRONOS-PL/SL series are modular systems. A variety of signalconditioners and digital I/O modules can be combined to a system. The following constraints, however,apply:

Within the device, the necessary supply voltage is made available by a central power supply unit. Amaximum supply current is specified for each supply voltage.

The allowable current load on the voltage supply line is different for each module type. In addition,the power for the supply of an external sensor (e.g. supply of a strain gauge measurement bridge)must be taken into consideration.

The supply power required by the power supply unit is tested at the factory. In the process, thepower consumption of the modules ordered is taken into account. Power reserves can berequested from imc, if desired.

If modules are subsequently added to a system which has already been shipped, it is absolutelynecessary to check whether enough reserve power is available! As a matter of principle, onlytrained service personnel should install new system modules!

Individual modules are distinguished by "module addresses". These module addresses must beconfigured prior to installing the module (e.g. DIP-switch, rotary switch, soldered jumpers).Previously existing addresses of other modules must be taken into account.

If the same module address appears multiple times, conflicts will arise and the modules affectedwill either not be recognized by the device software at all or only incorrectly. This generally leads toerrors which are hard to identify!! As a matter of principle, modules should only be added tosystems by trained service personnel!

It is important to observe the order of amplifiers having different channel counts. The amplifier with


the highest channel count gets the lowest module address.

For safety reasons high voltage modules (HV4U, HV2U2I etc.) are not to be changed by acustomer! Only the imc customer service is allowed to do that.

A device can support only a maximum number of similar-type modules (e.g. maximally 16digital-I/O modules for Type 2 devices (see Device Overview ), but only two digital-I/O modulesfor Type 1 devices). If more than the maximum allowed number of similar modules are inserted,the modules will not be supported by the device software. This usually leads to errors which arehard to identify! As a matter of principle, modules should only be added to systems by trainedservice personnel!

The addresses of the module DI16-DO8-ENC4 can’t be changed and are set to: DI4-16 (Addr. 1),DO8 (Addr. 0). That has to be considered, when addressing other digital modules (DI-16, DO-8,ENC-4).

2.8.1 Exchanging modules

Changing modules is only permitted for trained users in agreement with imc!

Devices having HV modules (HV-2U, HV-4I, etc. ) do not support exchanging of modules (devicesafety!).

2.9 Rechargeable batteries

imc CRONOS-PL/SL comes with long-lasting lithium batteries (Type BR2032) requiring no specialmaintenance. Replacement of the battery can only be performed by the manufacturer in the framework of asystem inspection (maintenance) (recommended for every 3-7 years depending on field of application).

Devices which come with the optional USV-Function contain maintenance-free lead-gel accumulators (4xType LC-R061R3PG, Panasonic). Charging these internal backup batteries is accomplished automaticallywhen the activated device receives a supply voltage. Due to the inevitable leakage of charge werecommend that the device be activated at least every 6 months to prevent the batteries from dying.

2.10 Fuses

The device supply input (10..36V DC) is equipped with maintenance-free polarity-inversion protection.No fuses or surge protection is provided here. Particularly upon activation of the device, high current peaksare to be expected. When using the device with a DC-voltage supply and custom-designed supply cable,be sure to take this into account by providing adequate cable cross-section.

The designated current inputs of the "Voltage channels" are protected from overvoltage by 100mA fuses.The fuse is not accessible and can only receive maintenance by the manufacturer.

The supply voltage for external sensors, whose outlet are the voltage channels, is provided withmaintenance-free electronic fuses (current-limitation).

The incremental encoder channels also provide supply voltage for external sensors, but are notprotected and require an external fuse if they are used!

33



2.11 Precautions for operation

Certain ground rules for operating the system, aside from reasonable safety measures, must be observedto prevent danger to the user, third parties, the device itself and the measurement object. These are theuse of the system in conformity to its design, and the refraining from altering the system, since possiblelater users may not be properly informed and may ill-advisedly rely on the precision and safety promised bythe manufacturer.

If you determine that the device cannot be operated in a non-dangerous manner, then the device is to beimmediately taken out of operation and protected from unintentional use. Taking this action is justifiedunder any of the following conditions:

the device is visibly damaged,

loose parts can be heard within the device,

the device has been stored for a long period of time under unfavorable conditions (e.g. outdoors or inhigh-humidity environments).

1. Observe the data in the chapter "Technical Specifications" and the application hints about the individualimc CRONOS-PL/SL module types in order to prevent damage to the unit through inappropriate signalconnection.

2. Note when designing your experiments that all input and output leads must be provided with shieldingwhich is connected to the protection ground ("CHASSIS") at one end in order to ensure high resistanceto interference and noisy transmission.

3. Unused, open channels (having no defined signal) should not be configured with sensitive input rangessince otherwise the measurement data could be affected. Configure unused channels with a broad inputrange or short them out. The same applies to channels not configured as active.

4. To measure voltages > 10V, only use insulated banana plugs (4 mm).

5. If you are using a PCMCIA-hard drive, observe the notes in Chapter 7 of imcDevices manual. Particularcare should be taken to comply with the 40°C ambient temperature limitation.

6. Avoid prolonged exposure of the device to sunlight.

2.12 Notes on maintenance and servicing

No particular maintenance is necessary.

The specified maximum errors are valid for 1 year following delivery of the device under normal operatingconditions (note ambient temperature!).

There are a number of important device characteristics which should be subjected to precise checking atregular intervals. We recommend annual calibration. Our calibration procedure includes calibration ofinputs (checking of actual values of parameters; deviations beyond tolerance levels will be reported), acomplete system-checkup, newly performed balancing and subsequent calibration (the complete protocolset with measurement values is available at an extra charge). Consult our Hotline for the price for systemcalibration according to DIN EN ISO 9001.

For devices with UPS functions, we recommend maintenance every 3-4 years.

Please note the hints for rechargeable batteries .

When returning the device in connection with complaints, please include a written, outlining description ofthe problem, including the name and telephone number of the sender. This will help expedite the processof problem elimination.

For questions by telephone please be prepared to provide your device's serial number and have your imcCRONOS-PL/SL installation software, as well as this manual at hand, thanks!

The serial number, necessary power supply, interface type and software version included can bedetermined from the plaque on the side of the device.

23


2.13 Cleaning

Always unplug the power supply before cleaning the device. Only qualified service technicians arepermitted to clean the housing interior. Do not use abrasive materials or solutions which are harmful to plastics. Use a dry cloth to clean the

housing. If the housing is particularly dirty, use a cloth which has been slightly moistened in a cleaningsolution and then carefully wrung out. To clean the corners, slits etc. of the housing, use a small soft drybrush.

Do not allow liquids to enter the housing interior.

Be certain that the ventilation slits remain unobstructed.

2.14 Industrial Safety

It is confirmed that our product as delivered complies with the provisions of the industrial safety regulation"Electrical Installations and Equipment" (BGV-A2).

This confirmation is for the sole purpose of absolving the company of the obligation of having the electricalequipment inspected prior to initial commissioning (§ 5 Clauses 1, 4 of BGV-A2). Civil liability and warrantyare not affected by this regulation.



Chapter 2: Introduction

3.1 What does imc CRONOS-PL/SL have to offer?

The following is a short introduction into the philosophy of the device's design and operation, intended toget you off to a good start in working with the imc CRONOS-PL/SL system.

imc CRONOS-PL-8 table housing (front view)

imc CRONOS-PL/SL represents an entirely new concept in compact measurement devices for physicalquantities. It offers direct connection of many sensor types, as well as multi-channel data acquisitionand vast capabilities of real-time data processing, all within one handy device structure.

The real-time mathematical functionality which the device provides meets practically all of instrumentation'sneeds for the processing of measured data. The entering of parameters into the system by the user isaccomplished extremely easily, in the way one uses a pocket calculator.

imc CRONOS-PL/SL can use threshold values, etc., to detect a digital event on any measurement channel,making measurement data monitoring easily possible.

The digital events defined can be directly assigned to a digital output and/or combined with each other toform trigger events. Up to 48 independent triggers are available, so that complex measurement taskscan be solved without needing very many steps. Triggers can be defined and assigned to any channel.

imc CRONOS-PL/SL units can be outfitted in adaptation to their intended application. For analog signalconditioning, there are channels for voltage/current, temperature, bridge measurement, displacementor rotation speed etc., as well as inputs for current-fed sensors (ICP – inputs). The isolated digitalinputs complete the range of connector types offered. For the output of alarm signals or for controllingexternal devices in response to measurements, there are also digital outputs with up to 1A driverstrength.

27Chapter 2: Introduction

The connections for the inputs and outputs take the form of D-SUB plugs located on the device’s back panel andordered by sensor types and channels. To simplify thehandling of the signal lines, the system comes with specialscrew terminals to which the lines can be directlyconnected.

Maximum operating reliability with "Plug & Measure, imc's measurement concept based on TEDS(Transducer Electronic Datasheet), provides maximum operating reliability. It extends the IEEE P1451.4from smart sensors to any sensors. Upon request, clip-on TEDS memory chips can be connected onto anysensor connection cable. imc CRONOS-PL/SL's parameters are then set automatically either directly formthe TEDS or using the sensor database imc Sensors.



Using the CAN-module for imc CRONOS-PL/SL, you can directly integrate CAN-Bus sensors into yoursystem, as well as such devices as CANSAS modules from imc. The measurement data sent by external devices can be synchronously read in,triggered, displayed, and, if appropriate, used in calculations.

imc CRONOS-PL/SL is based on the technology behind µ-MUSYCS and SPARTAN and is operated usingthe same software. If you have already worked with imc-Devices, the software will be familiar to you. Youcan work with imc CRONOS-PL/SL in the same way as with SPARTAN or µ-MUSYCS. In particular, youcan perform calculations in Online FAMOS on field bus data and use them in the trigger machine, or alsostore them on the local drive. Combined operation of different devices (µ-MUSYCS, imc C1. SPARTAN,other imc CRONOS-PL/SL) is also possible.

A PC is not absolutelynecessary for operating imcCRONOS-PL/SL. If youprogram an autostart in imcCRONOS-PL/SL, it willbegin a measurementindependently. If you have aDisplay unit, you can usethe built-in touch pad tostart a measurement andsave the data. There is alsoan optional 40-characterscreen available which canbe used for the readout oflive data.

If you use the PC-operating software imcDevices, then you have practically unlimited curve display,triggering and data storing capabilities at your disposal. Together with Online FAMOS, you can obtain fromraw data any type of result data desired and display them.


3.1.1 The optimum housing for every application

An overview of the various housing models .

3.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL Properties common to all devices

A variety of housing models is available. The following device properties apply to all of the housingmodels:

All of the varieties enable capture of up to 512 channels, including field bus channels.

The device is connected via TCP/IP with data rates of up to 100Mbit.

An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) bridges any power outages and if the supply isn't restoredfor a long time, discontinues the measurement in an orderly manner.

The devices can be operated via a hand-held terminal and come with a modem connection.

All of the devices are supplied with 10-36V DC. Alternatively, the models imc CRONOS-PL-8, -16and 13 ACRACK can be operated with 110/220V AC voltage. The product package for all DCdevices includes appropriate adapters.

The maximum aggregate sampling rate is 400kHz.

Extensive, intelligent trigger functions

Self-activating, without PC

Optional expansion with real-time, calculational and control functions provided by OnlineFAMOS.

Removable drive for data storage; adjustable circular buffer memory, pre- and posttrigger, hotplug(exchange of the removable drive during a running measurement)

Synchronization via DCF77 real-time radio clock

Optional extended temperature range (-20°C to 85°C)

3.1.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL-4

With the imc CRONOS-PL-4, all connection terminals and controls are located on one panel. This makes itespecially well-suited to in-vehicle applications, for example. The PL-4 can be equipped with a maximum of4 slots. In width and height it matches the PL-8, but it is only 250mm deep and weighs only approx. 7kg.Like the larger models, it comes with a modem connection as well as a socket for a hand-held controlterminal.

imc CRONOS-PL-4 (front view) imc CRONOS-PL-4 (rear view)

153

153




imc CRONOS-PL-8

imc CRONOS-PL-8 has thedimensions of half of a 19“ rack, 3Uhigh. It comes with a modemconnection and a socket for ahand-held terminal. With its 8 freeslots, it weighs about 8kg.

illustration above: imc CRONOS-PL-8 desktop housing (front view)

left: imc CRONOS-PL-8 (rear view)

3.1.1.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL-13 AC, imc CRONOS-PL 15 DC

The two models CRONOS-PL-13-ACRACK and CRONOS-PL-15-DCRACK are designed for permanentinstallation in a rack. PL-13-ACRACK's built-in power adapter occupies two slots which in PL-15-DCRACKare available for use.

imc CRONOS-PL-13-ACRACK



The classic 19“ rack is called imc CRONOS-PL-16, has 16 free slots and weighs approx. 12kg.

imc CRONOS-PL-16 desktop housing (front view)

imc CRONOS-PL-16 desktop housing (rear view)



3.1.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL

Measurement under special environmental conditions such as extremes of heat or cold, splashing water,and ground tremors requires appropriately protected measurement equipment. This applies especially tolong-duration measurements outdoors or on board test vehicles.

imc CRONOS-SL are highly compact, super- robust mobile measurement systems, for applications inrough environments. They conform to MIL STD810F, one of the highest standards for temperature,pollution protection, and shock resistance. The signal conditioning, AD-conversion, online processing anddata storage are integral components of the measurement system. This makes imc CRONOS-SL ideal formeasurement tasks in experiments or long-duration test, or monitoring tasks e.g. on board vehicles,machines or in outdoor measurement sites, where regular measurement equipment fails.

The SL models feature the same technical capabilities as imc CRONO.PL. However, the designationsCRONOS-SL-2 and -4 indicate that two or respectively four measurement amplifiers with up to 16-, or 32channels can be configured. The device properties are stated here .

3.1.1.2.1 imc CRONOS-SL-2

Dimension (W x H x D): 56 x 73 x 257mm

Weight: ca. 6,5 kg

Max. number of amplifiers: 2 (16 max. analog channels)

Signal connectors (backplane): 4 x DSUB-15 or 16 x LEMO 7-pin

156


3.1.1.2.2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

Dimension (W x H x D): 56 x 116 x 257mm

Weight: ca. 8 kg

Max. number of amplifiers: 4 (32 max. analog channels)

Signal connectors (backplane): 8 x DSUB-15 or 32 x LEMO 7-pin

3.2 Device Overview

The following table shows all devices which are run under imcDevices. Some of the capabilities discussedin this manual only pertain to certain device models. To see which capability profile your device represents,refer to this table.

Device

Interface (protocol /Bit/s)

Data carrier Max.

aggregatesampling

rate

Shortdescription

Distinguishing characteristics

Standard/Optional

Bit/s PCMCIA IDE

Group 1

imc CRONOS-PL

TCP/IP 10MB/s 512MB

FAT16

200kHz modular system(SPBBF) dated uptill Summer, 2003

production date;no LEDs atEthernet terminal

Group 2

imc CRONOS-PL/SL,C1, C_Serie

TCP/IP 100MB/s 2GB

FAT32

60GB 400kHz modular system(DAB4K) as ofSummer, 2003

Production date;two active LEDs atEthernet terminal

Group 1: data access from PC to internal data carrier via the File Manager in imcDevices

Group 2: data access from PC to internal data carrier via Microsoft Explorer. Optionally, this device groupcan come with an IDE hard drive.

Available inputs

A list of all modules and their properties .158



3.3 Features you don't find just anywhere

3.3.1 imc CRONOS-PL/SL trigger capabilities

The functionality of the system's various storage options is enhanced by an unusually extensive scope oftriggering options and by the innovative Multi-machine mode. It's possible to assign each measurementchannel its own triggering event. Up to 48 independent trigger machines can be defined. Triggers havingany manner of user-specified effect can be defined by entering events of channels' signals (e.g. signal >threshold) in logical formulas. Such events could be signal values or slopes of analog signals, or evenstates or state-transitions of digital channels. The trigger event of a channel can be made to initiate datarecording of not only its own channel's signal, but of any other digital or analog channel's signal.

In Multi-machine mode, it is possible to have a measurement of a slowly changing signal running in thebackground while, in the foreground, multiple trigger machines start recordings of high-speed processes.

Additionally, triggers can be released by the controlling PC or by the Online-FRAME Program Generator.

Event 1

Event n

&

>

Ch1

Ch n

Bit 1

Bit n

Trigg. name

Ch 1

Ch n

Trigger 1

Event 1

Event n

& >

Ch 1

Ch n

Bit 1

Bit n

Trigg. name

Ch 1

Ch n

T r i g g e r 16

Event channels

Ensemble of defined analog or digital trigger channels

AND/OR- Logic

Ensemble of defined analog or digital output channels

Trigger Recorded Channel

up to 48 individual trigger machines

several event types:

level triggers

range triggers

slope triggers

sequential triggers

triggers on digital channels

logical formulas for each channel

AND, conditional AND or OR additional time conditions can be specified

Triggers on digital channels

state-based

state-transition responsive

signal recording with selectablestart/stop-conditions

trigger released via PC

trigger released by Online-FRAME

Referencealso see manual imcDevices Chapter 6.


3.3.2 Flexible data storage

When choosing a means of data acquisition, the memory and trigger aspects must be considered together.If on the one hand a lot of memory is available, there is little advantage to using a trigger. But if yourapplication involves recording a large amount of data (e.g. Data-logging operation) you are forced toconsider various means of data reduction.

With its diverse features, imc CRONOS-PL/SL is able to meet these various requirements. The choices ofdata storage offered by the system make perfect adaptation to different measurement tasks possible. If thedevice does not include a hard disk, then the hard disk of the connected PC is naturally available for use asmass memory.

3.3.2.1 Storage options

single recording data storage with fixed recording time

repeated recording

long-term recording with undefined duration

data storage on RAM and/or hard disk in imc CRONOS-PL/SL or directly on the PC hard drive

creation circular buffer memory in PC-RAM for the purpose of curve graphing

circular buffer to be set up on the hard disk of either the PC or of imc CRONOS-PL/SL

practically unlimited memory space thanks to online data reduction function TRANSITIONALRECORDING

Referencealso see manual imcDevices Chapter 5

3.3.3 Real-time data reduction "Transitional Recording"

Transitional Recording is an Online FAMOS function:

To achieve long-term measurements with high time-resolution, imc has developed a special algorithm torun on the integrated signal processor. The basic idea behind Transitional Recording is that new values areonly recorded when they differ significantly from the previous one. Otherwise, the data-point is not stored.Whether a particular value is stored depends on the nature of the signal and on a tolerance value whichcan be set. This technique makes it possible to sample the signal at the highest sampling rate withoutleading to a system overload. The data are stored only when they depart from an approximating curvebased on the previous data by an amount exceeding the tolerance. By this means, data reduction factors ofup to 250 can be achieved.



Chapter 3: Conditioning and Signal Connection

4.1 General

imc CRONOS-PL/SL provides groups of channels which are specifically adapted to classes of sensors orsignals. Each of these groups belongs to one of the various analog and digital signal conditioning modulesof which the device is composed. The sensor classes are arranged in groups in the user interface and havecommon D-SUB plugs. Depending on how your device unit is outfitted, the channel-classes provided are:

temperature

voltage

voltage isolated

bridges

high voltage (up to 600V not SL)

current probes

ICP

all-purpose

incremental encoder

digital inputs

analog field bus inputs

digital field bus channels

4.1.1 Sampling interval

Among the system's physical measurement channels, up to two different sampling times can be in use.The smallest possible sampling time is 10µs, corresponding to a channel sampling rate of 100kHz(sampling frequency). The aggregate sampling rate of the system is the sum of the sampling rates of allactive channels and can take a maximum value of 400kHz (for devices since August 2003, before: 200kHz).

The sampling rates of the virtual channels computed by Online FAMOS do not contribute to the sumsampling rate. Along with the (maximum of) two "primary" sampling rates, the system can containadditional "sampling rates" resulting from the effects of certain data-reducing Online FAMOS-functions(ReductionFactor RF).

There is one constraint when selecting two different sampling rates: Two sampling rates having the ratio2:5 and a lower than 1ms are not permitted (e.g. 2 0 0 µs and 5 0 0 µs). Any attempt to set sampling rateswhich do not comply with this rule will cause an error message to be posted:

"The two active sampling intervals may not be in a ratio of 2:5. Error number: 365“

4.1.2 Specific parameters

There are a number of other parameters to be set which pertain to the specific (analog) conditioning ofthe measurement channels, and thus come with different (and different amounts of) options to select,depending on the channel group involved. The options are:

Input configuration: differential, single-end

Coupling: DC, full bridge, half bridge

Mode: current or voltage measurement

Input range: a variety of ranges depending on the channel type

Bridge supply: supply voltage for measurement bridge

Filter frequency: low-pass filtering or automatic anti-aliasing filter, corner frequency or options particularto channel type

Linearization: for thermocouples and PT100 thermistors

After an explanation of certain aspects, you will find below a description of the various channel classes,their settings options in the operating interface, and special features concerning their interconnections andstructure of a measurement.

37Chapter 3: Conditioning and Signal Connection

4.1.3 Filter-Settings

4.1.3.1 Theoretical background

The filter setting is especially important in a signal-sampling measurement system: the theory of digitalsignal processing and especially the sampling theorem (Shannon, Nyquist) state that for such a system,the signal must be restricted to a limited frequency band to ensure that the signal has only negligiblefrequency components beyond one-half of the sampling frequency ("Nyquist-frequency"). Otherwise,"aliasing" can result – distortions which cannot be removed even by subsequent filtering.

imc CRONOS-PL/SL is a sampling system in which the sampling frequency, which must be set in theconfiguration menu, is subject to this constraint. The low-pass filter frequency selected thus hinges on howband-limited the signal to be sampled at that rate is.

The control AAF for the filter setting stands for "Automatic Anti-aliasing Filter", and automatically selectsthe filter frequency in adaptation to the sampling rate selected. The rule this is based on is given by:

AAF-Filter frequency = one-half of the sampling frequency = Nyquist frequency

Strictly speaking, this rule could violate the sampling theorem, since the damping at the Nyquist frequencyis only -3dB, however, this frequency was selected purposefully. The filter option AAF, which is also adefault setting used for New, is meant as an aid in making settings. It is supposed to avoid drasticmeasurement errors resulting from badly adapted filters, while at the same time offering a reasonablecompromise between accuracy, limited data volume and high significance of the data in terms of sufficientbandwidth.

In practical measurement technology, such a setting is often justified, since no significant discrete signalsor disturbance frequencies occur in the frequency range in which aliasing errors could theoretically appearfor this filter setting. In fact, the "critical" frequency range between the Nyquist frequency and "sufficient"damping is quite small: the 6th order filters used achieve damping of –40dB (1%) at 2.15 times their cutofffrequency; at 3.16 times fg they achieve -60dB (0.1%).

4.1.3.2 General filter concept of imc CRONOS-PL/SL

The imc CRONOS-PL/SL system architecture is actually a two-step system in which the analog signalsare sampled at a fixed "primary" sampling rate (analog-digital conversion with Sigma-Delta ADCs).Therefore a fixed-frequency analog low-pass filter prevents aliasing errors to this primary rate. The value ofthis primary rate is not visible from the outside, depends on the channel type and is generally greater thanor equal to the sampling rate which is selected in the settings interface. The filter to be set is realized as adigital filter, which offers the advantage of an exact magnitude and phase shift. This is especially importantfor the sake of matching of channels which are jointly subjected to math operations.

If slow data rates (f_sample) are set in the system configuration, then digital anti-aliasing filters (low-passfilters) ensure compliance with the conditions for the Sampling Theorem. One distinguishes among threecases:

4.1.3.3 Filters implemented through imc-Devices Versions 2.4, 2.5 R1

Filter-setting “Filter-Type: without”:

Only the (analog) anti-aliasing filter, matched to the primary data rate is in effect, along with digitalfrequency response correction downstream, which provides a steep frequency response.This setting can be useful if maximum bandwidth reserves are to be used and there are theoreticallimitations on the measured signal’s spectral distribution, which justify not performing total filtering.

Filter-setting “Filter-Type: AAF”:

A digital anti-aliasing low-pass is set whose cutoff frequency is automatically selected as fg =f_sample/2. One setting which represents a sensible compromise between wideband character andfreedom from aliasing: Aliasing is not completely eliminated in some unfavorable conditions, but inmost real-world cases it is sufficiently suppressed.

fg_AAF (-3dB) = 0.5 * f_sample

Characteristics: Butterworth, filter-order: 6-pin

Filter-setting “Filter-type: Low-pass”:



A low-pass frequency can be set manually, which satisfies the application’s concrete requirements. Inparticular, a cutoff frequency significantly below the Nyquist frequency can be set which guaranteeseliminating aliasing in any case, though consequently “sacrificing” the corresponding bandwidthreserves.

with fg_AAF (-3dB) = f_sample / 4; Damping at Nyquist-freq.: 1/64 = -36 dBwith fg_AAF (-3dB) = f_sample / 5; Damping at Nyquist-freq.: 1/244 = -48 dBwith fg_AAF (-3dB) = f_sample / 10; Damping at Nyquist-freq.: 1/15630 = -84 dB

Characteristics: Butterworth, filter-order: 6-pin

In any case, the setting AAF doesn't guarantee aliasing-free measurement: for every concrete application,check what the requirements for the filter are, and make modifications in case of heavily disturbed signals.The table below presents the example of a signal-sampling at 1kHz (1ms). The "critical frequency range"was assumed to be the range in which disturbance frequencies have not been suppressed down to a levelof 1/100 (-40dB) or 1/1000 (-60dB), respectively. Since disturbance frequencies having 100% of thenominal level hardly occur in practice, these are realistic assumptions for achieving sufficient accuracy:since the sampling and filter frequencies can be set in steps of 1 – 2 – 5, either 1/4 or 1/5 of the sampling rateis always available as a filter setting. The filter frequency, 250Hz, which is not an available setting, is shownhere for comparison:

Filter-rule Filter frequency(sampling rate

1kHz / 1ms)

Damping at Nyquist frequency

(500 Hz)

Critical frequencyrange

(damping: -40dB)

Critical frequencyrange

(damping: -60dB)

sampling rate / 2 (AAF) 500Hz 0.7 = -3dB 500Hz … 1.07kHz 500Hz … 1.58kHz

sampling rate / 4 250Hz 1 / 64 = -36dB 500Hz .. 540Hz 500Hz ... 790Hz

sampling rate / 5 200Hz 1 / 244 = -48dB --- 500Hz ... 630Hz

sampling rate / 10 100Hz 1 / 15600 = -84dB --- ---

4.1.3.4 Filters implemented as of imc-Devices Version 2.5 R2:

The (digital) anti-aliasing filters are elliptical Cauer filters. Their “tight” characteristic curve in the frequencyrange makes it possible to have the cutoff frequencies approach the sampling and Nyquist frequenciesmuch closer without having to make a compromise between the bandwidth and freedom from aliasing.

The automatic selection of the cutoff frequency in the setting “AAF” is based on the following criteria:

In the pass band, a maximum (AC-) gain uncertainty of 0.006% = -0.005dB is permitted. The passband is defined by the cutoff frequency at which this value is exceeded.

The stop band is characterized by damping of at least –80 dB. This damping is consideredsufficient for 16-bit systems as well, since discrete disturbance frequencies can never reach 100%amplitude: the useful input range is mostly filled by the useful signal. Otherwise, a larger rangewould have to be selected anyway in order to avoid overmodulation.

The transition band is typically situated symmetrically around the Nyquist-frequency. This ensuresthat the aliasing components reflected from the stop band back into the pass band are adequatelysuppressed, by at least –80dB. Remnant components from the frequency range betweenNyquist-frequency and stop band limit only reflect back into the range beyond the pass band (passband to Nyquist), whose signal content is defined as not relevant.

The criteria stated are fulfilled with the Cauer-filters by the following configuration rule:

Filter-setting “Filter-type”: AAF:

fg_AAF (-0.1dB) = 0.4 * f_sample

Characteristics: Cauer; Filter-order: 8th order


G(f)

f_sample

-80dB

fg_AAF= 0.4

* f_sample

0.6*f_sample

f_Nyquist= 0.5

* f_sample

-0.005dB

pass band stop band

transitionband

4.1.4 Synchronicity

If certain channels are to be correlated to each other, for instance, for the purpose of computing the power,it's vitally important that there not be a phase-offset between them, in other words, that they be capturedsynchronously.

One of the main features of imc CRONOS-PL/SL is that it can ensure this synchronicity, even for channelsof different types and different sampling rates. The condition for this is, that the channels be configured withthe same filter setting. The low-pass filters always cause a defined additional phase-offset. For a 1kHz lowpass Butterworth filter, this phase-offset corresponds to a frequency-independent, constant "group delay"which is 663µs (for frequencies well below the cutoff frequency) .

Note that two channels having different sampling rates and both configured with the filter settingAAF do not have the same filter frequency!



4.2 Measurement types

4.2.1 Temperature measurement

Temperatures can be measured by ISO2-8, UNI-8 or C-8.

Two methods are available for measuring temperature.

Measurement using a PT100 requires a constant current, e.g. of 1mA to flow through the sensor. Thetemperature-dependent resistance causes a voltage drop which is correlated to a temperature according toa characteristic curve. For this, a special connector pod is necessary, which supplies the required current.

In measurement using thermocouples, the temperature is determined by means of the electrochemicalseries of different alloys. The sensor produces a temperature-dependent potential difference from theterminal in the CAN connector pod. To find the absolute temperature, the temperature of the terminal pointmust be known. For the PT100. this is measured directly in the terminal pod, and therefore an additionaltype of connector pod is needed.

The voltage coming from the sensor will be converted into the displayed temperature using thecharacteristic curves according temperature table IPTS-68.

Note on making settings with imcDevicesA temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physicaltemperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. The characteristic curve is selected from theBase page of the imcDevices configuration dialog. Amplifiers which enable bridge measurement (e.g.UNI-8), must first be set to Voltage mode (DC), in order for the temperature characteristic curves to beavailable on the Base page.

4.2.1.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC

The following standards apply for the thermocouples, in terms of their thermoelectric voltage andtolerances:

Thermocouple Symbol Max. temp. Defined up to (+) (-)

DIN IEC 584-1

Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) J 750 °C 1200 °C black white

Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) T 350 °C 400 °C brown white

Nickel-chromium-Nickel (NiCr-Ni) K 1200 °C 1370 °C green white

Nickel-chromium-constantan (NiCr-CuNi) E 900 °C 1000 °C violet white

Nicrosil-Nisil (NiCrSi-NiSi) N 1200 °C 1300 °C rot orange

Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt10Rh-Pt) S 1600 °C 1540 °C orange white

Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt13Rh-Pt) R 1600 °C 1760 °C orange white

Platinum-Rhodium-platinum(Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)

B 1700 °C 1820 °C n.a. n.a.

DIN 43710

Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) L 600 °C 900 °C rot blue

Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) U 900 °C 600 °C rot brown


If the thermo-wires have no identifying markings, the following distinguishing characteristics can help:

Fe-CUNi: Plus-pole is magnetic

Cu-CuNi: Plus-pole is copper-colored

NiCr-Ni: Minus-pole is magnetic

PtRh-Pt: Minus-pole is softer

The color-coding of compensating leads is stipulated by DIN 43713. For components conforming to IEC584: The plus-pole is the same color as the shell; the minus-pole is white.

4.2.1.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement

Aside from thermocouples, RTD (PT100) units can be directly connected in 4-wire-configuration (Kelvinconnection). An additional reference current source feeds a chain of up to 4 sensors in series.

With the imc-Thermoplug, the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this referencecurrent loop is closed "automatically".

If fewer than 4 PT100 units are connected, the current-loop must be completed by a wire jumper from the"last" RTD to "I4".

If you dispense with the "support terminals" (±I1 .. ± I4) provided in the imc-Thermoplug for 4-wireconnection, a standard terminal plug or any DSUB-15 plug can be used. The "current loop" must then beformed between +I1 and -I4.

4.2.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL/SL Thermo-plug

The imc-Thermoplug ACC/DSUB-T4 contains a screw terminal block in a DSUB-15 plug housing with abuilt-in temperature sensor (PT1000) for cold junction compensation. This provides for direct connectionof thermocouples of any type, directly to the differential inputs (+IN and -IN) without external compensationleads. That plug can also be used for voltage measurement.

The difficulty with thermocouple measurements are the "parasitic" thermocouples which inevitably formwhere parts of the contacts made of different materials meet. The temperature sensor measures thetemperature at the connection terminal and compensates the corresponding "error"-voltage. Normally, theconnection to this compensation point (inside the device) is made by special compensation leads or plugsmade of material identical to the respective thermocouple type, in order not to create additional(uncontrolled) parasitic thermocouples.

imc's system avoids the problem through the use of individual compensation sensors directly inside theconnector plug, thus offering an especially simple, flexible and cost-effective connection solution.

Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-T4 .222



4.2.1.3.1 Schematic: imc-Thermoplug (ACC/DSUB-T4) with isolated volatage channels

int. RTD(PT1000)

IREF I_INT"TH-COUPLE / RTD"ACC/DSUB-T4

3

8

15

12

DSUB-15 Pins

9

6

7

14

13

5

4

11

2

10

1

2

3

5

6

8

9

11

12

13

4

14

7

17

18

10

terminal-nummer

RTD

Thermocouple

+SUPPLY

-IREF

Cold junctioncompensation

-SUPPLY

GND, CHASSIS, PE

15, 16

cableshield

-IN1

-I1

+I2

+IN2

-IN2

-I2

+I3

+IN3

+IN1

+I1

-IN3

-I3

+I4

+IN4

-IN4

-I4

-IN1

+IN2

-IN2

+IN3

+IN1

+IREF

-IN3

+IN4

-IN4

-IREF

+PT

-PT

+S

-S

CHASSIS

CHASSIS


4.2.2 Bridge measurements

Bridge modules are DCB-8, UNI-8 or BR-4.

4.2.2.1 General remarks

Bridge channels are for taking readings from measurement bridges such as resistor bridges or straingauges. The channels are equipped as non-isolated differential amplifiers and can alternatively be usedfor direct measurement of voltages.

There is a distinction among the following operating modes:

Target: Sensor

Full bridge

Half bridge

Quarter bridge

Target: Strain gauge

Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction

Full bridge with Poisson strain gauge in adjacent bridge arms

Full bridge with Poisson strain gauge in opposing bridgearms

Half bridge with one active and one passive strain gauge

Half bridge with 2 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction

Poisson half bridge

Quarter bridge with strain gauge

Note: The following discussion, whenever it is in reference to terminal connections, circuitry etc., pertainsonly to the DCB-8 module, and only the most general remarks on bridge measurement are applicable forbridge measurement systems. Such generalized topics include instrument sensitivity and strain gaugeproperties.

The "three-wire-configuration" used in full bridge configuration to regulate the bridge voltage guaranteesthe required voltage values at the sensor even if the lines to it are long and highly resistive. This requiressymmetric wiring (same resistance, therefore identical length and cross-section) of the current conductingsignal lines, as shown in thick lines in the sketch. The bridge voltage +VB is then adjusted by the amount2*Uk .

The internal calibration resistance can be connected to either of the two external bridge branches. In orderto prevent the cable resistance, which directly affects the bridge in a ratio of (Rb / R_kal) to the bridgeimpedance, it should not be connected by a jumper wire but rather by a separate line.

For half-bridge configuration, a complementary half-bridge branch is configured internally, which isconnected by a jumper at the plug ("HB" = "-IN").

Finally, quarter-bridge configuration, using four (symmetric) cables, enables measurement of an external¼-bridge branch. If a gain error is considered an acceptable trade-off, it is possible to go without the"+SENSE" line, but not without separate lines for "KAL" and "+IN": Otherwise, an unacceptable offset-driftwould result, since the temperature-dependent cable resistance is connected in series with the quarterbridge directly. If we assume a cable length (one-way) of 1 m, we obtain:

Cu-cable 0.14mm², 130mΩ/m, cable length l =1m cable Rk = 130mΩ

Temperature coefficient Cu: 4000ppm / K

Drift Rk 0.52mΩ / K

Equivalent bridge drift (120Ω bridge) ½ * 0.52mΩ / (K *120Ω) = 2.2µV/V / K

Example, temperature change dT = 20K 44µV/V (dT =20K)

For the optional adjustable calibration resistance, the following applies for all three configurations:Connection to a separate line avoids an error (of the shunt calibration magnitude) of Rb / R_kal caused bythe cable resistance. In quarter bridge configuration, this is inevitable, since the calibration resistor isalready connected to the quarter bridge internally and even shares the pin "CAL".

Going without a separate line for "+SENSE" and direct jumpering of "+SENSE" and "+VB" at the connectionterminal causes a gain uncertainty of Rk/Rb in all configurations.



4.2.2.2 Carrier frequency amplifier: Modulation principle

G

f

4 kHz mechanicalbandwidt

mechanicalsignal

10 kHz

G

5 kHzCF

10 kHz

mechanical strain:strain gauge

electrical bridge signal:[mV/V]

f

f

G

5 kHzCF

10 kHz

measured and digitizedsignal

low-fnoise

broadbandnoise

f

G

5 kHzCF

10 kHz

reconstructed usefulsignal

G

5 kHzCF

10 kHz

f

DC-offset

DC-offset

Filter

Filter

usefal signal

offset-free!

broadband noise

demodulatedsignal

Excitation with CF-bridgevoltage:

Modulation(CF +/- Signal)

Interference on cable,amplifier-noise,

Offset: conditioning

Demodulation:(CF +/- Signal)

digital processing

Filter

5 kHzCF

broadband noise

low-fnoise


4.2.2.3 Bridge measurements with wire strain gauges (WSGs)

When connecting, observe the notes contained in the sections headed by "Block diagram" and"DC-Bridge measurement (measurement target: Sensor)".

In the context of bridge amplifiers, strain analysis plays a major role. Strain in this sense refers to the ratioof a body's original length to the change in length due to a force exerted upon it.

dL

LBy selecting "Strain gauge" as the measurement target on the virtual index card "Inputs", common bridgecircuits and configurations for wire strain gauges (WSG) are offered for selection. The scaling can beadjusted in terms of typical parameters for strain measurements such as the gauge factor or Poisson'sratio, the transversal expansion coefficient.

If a WSG adheres to a test object, the strain on the object is transmitted to the bridge circuit. The changesin the lengths of the bridge arms cause their impedances to change. There is a correlation between thechanges in length and the changes in resistance:

dL

L

dR R

k

/

strain

dL : change in lengthL : original lengthdR : change in resistanceR : resistance of strain gaugek : Gauge factor, describing the ratio of relative length change

to change in resistance

The changes in resistance caused by the strain are very small. For this reason, a bridge circuit is used totranslate these changes into voltage changes. Depending on the circuit, from one to four WSGs can beemployed as bridge resistors.

Assuming that all bridge resistors have the same value, we have

Ua = Ue *

dR

R4 * =

Ue

4 * k * Ua : measurement voltage; Ue : excitation voltage

Ua

Ue k

*

*

4

For concrete measurement tasks, the arrangement of the WSGs on the test object is important, as well asthe circuitry of the bridge. On the card "Bridge circuit", you can select from among typical arrangements. Agraphic shows the position on the test object and the bridge circuitry. Notes on the selected arrangementare displayed in the text box beneath.



4.2.2.3.1 Quarter bridge for 120 Ohm WSG

N4

K

U

U

B

INR2

R3R4

UIN UB

1

1

1

1N

This strain gauge arrangement uses an active WSG which is positioned on the test object in a uniaxialstress field. This WSG is joined by 3 passive resistors within the module to form a full bridge. The straingauge can have a resistance value of 120Ω. This arrangement does not come with temperature compensation. The strain is computed as:

4.2.2.3.2 General half bridge

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

,11

4, 2, 1,N

R2

R3

UIN UB

1

4

General half bridge with bridge completion in measurement device. N has to be set from a list.


4.2.2.3.3 Poisson half bridge

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

1N

R2

R3

UIN UB

1

41

4

14

In this circuit, 2 active WSGs are used. The WSG is positioned transverse to the main direction of strain.The transversal contraction is exploited. For this reason, the Poisson's ratio for the material, which is itstransversal expansion coefficient, must be supplied along with the gauge factor. This circuit offers goodtemperature compensation. The strain is computed as:

4.2.2.3.4 Half bridge with two active strain gauges in uniaxial direction

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

2N

R2

R3

UIN UB

1

41

1

4

4

Two active strain gauges are placed under stress in opposite directions but equal magnitude, i.e. one straingauge is under compression and another under equal tension. (bending beam circuit). This arrangementdoubles the measurement's sensitivity to a bending moment. On the other hand, longitudinal force, torqueand temperature are all compensated for. The strain is computed as:



4.2.2.3.5 Half bridges with one active and one passive strain gauge

N4

K

U

U

B

INR2

R3

UIN UB

1

4

1

1

4

1N

4

This circuit involves WSGs. The first one is positioned on the test object, the second on a sample of thesame material under the same ambient temperature and serves the purpose of temperature compensation.The strain is computed as:

4.2.2.3.6 General Full bridge

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

)2(1

),2(1

1 1

2 1,N

,,

,UIN UB

1 2

34

General full bridge. N has to be set from a list.


4.2.2.3.7 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in opposed branches

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

UIN UB

1 2

34

12 34

1

2

3

4

12N

Two active WSGs are positioned along the longitudinal strain and are joined by two transversally positionedWSGs to complete the bridge (torsion bar arrangement). In the bridge, the longitudinal strain gauges arelocated in opposite branches. This circuit provides better exploitation of transversal contraction andlongitudinal force as well as good temperature compensation. In this arrangement, the transversalexpansion coefficient must be specified. The strain is computed as:

4.2.2.3.8 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in adjacent branches

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

12N

UIN UB

1 2

34

12

34

1

2

34

Two active WSGs are positioned along the main direction of strain. These two are completed with twotransversally positioned WSGs. In the bridge, the two longitudinal strain gauges are in adjacent bridgearms. This circuit offers improved sensitivity to the moment of bending and simultaneously compensateslongitudinal force, torque and temperature.



4.2.2.3.9 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

4N

UIN UB

1 2

34

12

34

1 3

2 4

The circuit consists of 4 active WSGs. Two are under compression and the others under equal tension.The strain gauges under tension are positioned in opposite bridge arms. The sensitivity to the moment ofbending is increased. At the same time, longitudinal force, torque and temperature are compensated. Thestrain is computed as:

4.2.2.3.10 Full bridge (Half bridge-shear strain) opposite arms two active strain gauges

N4

K

U

U

B

IN

2N

R2

R4

UIN UB

1

31

1

3

3

Two active strain gauges are placed under stress in equal magnitude. For measurement of tension andcompression (non-linear) to eliminate bending. Temperature gradient should be small. The strain iscomputed as:


4.2.2.3.11 Scaling for the strain analysis

It is possible to choose whether to determine the strain or the mechanical stress suffered by the part. In therange of elastic deformation, the axial stress (force / cross section) is proportional to the strain. Theproportionality factor is the modulus of elasticity.

Mechanical stress = modulus of elasticity * strain (Hooke’s law)

K-factor: The K-factor is the ratio by which the mechanical quantity (elongation) is transformed to theelectrical quantity (change in resistance). The typical range is between 1.9 and 4.7. The exact value can befound in the spec sheet for the WSG used. If the value entered for this parameter is outside of this range, awarning message will appear but the module can still be configured.

Poisson's ratio: If a body suffers compression or tension and is able to be freely deformed, then not onlyits length but also its thickness changes. This phenomenon is known as transversal contraction. It can beshown that for each kind of material, the relative change in length is proportional to the relative change inthickness D. The transversal elongation coefficient (Poisson’s ratio) is the material-dependentproportionality factor. The material constant is in the range 0.2 .. 0.5.

In bridge circuits where the WSGs are positioned transversally to the main direction of strain, this constantmust be supplied by the user. The ratios for various materials are available in the list box. These values areonly for orientation and may need to be adjusted.

Elastic modulus: The elastic modulus E, is a material parameter characterizing how a body is deformedunder the action of pressure or tension in the direction of the force. The unit for E is N/mm². This valuemust be entered for the mechanical stress to be determined The e-moduli for various materials areavailable in the list box. These values are only for orientation and may need to be adjusted.

Unit: When the strain is determined, the readings appear with the unit µm/m. For the mechanical stressone can toggle between MPa and N/ mm2 . 1 GPa = 103 N/ mm2

Note that the elastic modulus is always in GPa.

4.2.2.3.12 Bridge balancing

A significant characteristic of bridge measurements is the fact that the actual measurement signal isattended by an offset which can be multiples of the input range. Measurement bridges, consisting forinstance of wire strain gauges (WSGs), respond to minuscule changes in their components' resistance (inthe V/V = ppm = parts-per-million = 1E-6 range). The static initial asymmetry (offset) due to thecomponents' production tolerances or assembly conditions, by comparison, can be in the range of mV/V, inother words in the range of the total input range or even multiples of it.

Since the offset also depends on the sensor connected it can't be calibrated for the device but must bebalanced “online”, before starting the measurement. The precondition for this is that the sensor usedmust be set up in the system the same way for the balancing as for the measurement and may not bestimulated dynamicall. This compensation of a static signal offset is called a tare function.



4.2.3 Measurement with current-fed sensors

With current-fed sensors (e.g. ICP™-, DELTATRON®-, PIEZOTRON®-, PIEZOBEAM®-sensors), thecapacitive burden on the signal due to the cable capacitance can lead to clipped amplitudes for higherfrequencies. To avoid signal distortion, try to:

1. keep the cable short,

2. use a low-capacitance cable,

3. use a less sensitive sensor.

100m

0.1

1

10

V

1 1·10 2 1·10 3 1·10 4 1·10 5 1·10 6 1·10 Hz

10m

3m

Maximum signal amplitudes as a function of the signal frequency and the cable length, with a 4mA feed and acapacitance of 100pF/m.

4.2.4 Incremental encoders

The capabilities and workings of an incremental encoder are described in connection with the ENC-4model.

91


4.3 Modules

4.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage

The AUDIO-4 is an amplifier specially designed for acquisition of sound and vibration data. It comes as amodular plug-in for the imc CRONOS-PL/SL system. In addition, acquisition using ICP™ or DeltaTron-Sensoren® * is possible.

Its particular strengths are:

large analog bandwidth

sampling rate up to 100kHz per channel

in combination with imcWAVE 4 channels with 50kHz plus 4 channels thirds. The thirds arecalculated online on the amplifier board

TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451).

The technical specification of the CRPL/AUDIO-4 .

* ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc. DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration

4.3.1.1 Voltage measurement’s

Voltage measurements can handled as single ended- as well as differential measurements. In addition youcan choose between AC and DC. In the 25V and 50V ranges, a divider is switched in between whichlead to a reduced input impedance of 1MΩ or 2MΩ.

We recommend the differential mode, if the source which should be measured has a low impedance pathto ground. In cases of isolated sources single-ended should be chosen to avoid floating problems andbetter noise immunity. The various sources of interference can affect the measurement by a variety ofmeans, depending on the measurement environment; even the setting AC or DC for the coupling an affectthings differently. Therefore, check each individual case with multiple settings in order to achieve optimalmeasurement results.

4.3.1.1.1 1/3-octave calculation

The online processor on the amplifier card is able to calculate 1/3-octaves in real-time. The calculated1/3-octave channels appear in the software after the amplifier's analog input channels. A 1/3-octavechannel's data stream must be processed with the Online FAMOS function AudioBoardThirds, in order forthe 1/3-octave spectra to be displayed properly.

NoteIf the calculation of the 1/3-octaves is only enabled after delivery, the incremental numbering of thechannels in the software is shifted upward. In this way, it can happen that the channel designation on thedevice panel will deviate from its designation in the software interface.

4.3.1.2 Measurements with ICP sensors

The use of ICP™ e.g. DeltaTron-sensors® is supported by a 4mA current source. The sensor informationcan read directly from the sensor in accordance to the standard „TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data Sheets(IEEE 1451)“.

Technical specification of the AUDIO-4 .

152

160

160



4.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module

4 analog inputs

The AUDIO-4-MIC complies the AUDIO-4 amplifier by providing a supply voltage for microphones.

AUDIO-4-MIC has LEMO connection terminals (FGG.1B.307). Switching between the AUDIO-4 amplifier’s BNC sockets and the LEMO sockets is performed using the software, by selecting microphone as theinput coupling.

The supply voltages can be set channel-by-channel and are bipolar. 14V bipolar corresponds to 28Vunipolar (60V= 120V unipolar). The supply voltages need to be adapted to the input range. For peaksignal levels from 5V onward, a supply of 60V is recommended.

The polarization voltage is 200V. Activation requires the use of one of the following software versions:imcDevices Version 2.5R2 or higher, imcWAVE 1.3R137 or higher or the COM functions of imcDevicesVersion 2.5R1SP8 or higher.

CAUTION! When the polarization voltage or 60V supply voltages is active, there is danger of electricshock!

pin signal

1 reserved

2 -IN

3 polarization voltage

4 +IN

5 TEDS

6 positive sensor supply

7 negative sensor supply

housing device ground

input receptacle seen from outside

The technical specification of the AUDIO-4-MIC . 162


4.3.3 BR-4 Bridge amplifier

BR-4's bridge works with your choice of a DC-voltage or a carrier frequency of 5kHz. For a bandwidth of8.6kHz (DC mode) the available sampling rate per channel is up to 20kHz. With carrier frequency, thebandwidth is limited to 3kHz (-1dB). Voltage or bridge mode is global for all four channels.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/BR-4 .

4.3.3.1 Block schematic of bridge channels BR-4

+IN

+VB

-IN

-VB

+/- 50V ...+/- 5mV

DC

TF5 kHz

+Vb/2

Rb =120R ...1k

0V, 1V, 2.5V, 5V

global: k1..k4

AGND

10M

10M

dR/R

R

R

R

R

R_HB

R_HB

R_KAL25k / 50k / 200k

R_1/4120 / 350

+Vb/2

Uk

CHASSIS

Rk

Uk

Rk

-Vb/2

Teiler

-SENSE

BR4

Rk

g=10

AGND

single-end

R_KAL25k / 50k / 200k

4-Leiter

+SENSE

1/4 Brücke DC3-Leiter-Sense

3-Leiter

4-Leiter

3-Leiter

+/- 2V ...+/- 5mV

4.3.3.2 Terminal scheme of the imc BR-4 amplifier terminal pods

BR-4 supports configurations with single-line sense, for compensation of symmetric cables:Just leave the unused sense line unconnected (+ or –SENSE): Internal pulldown-resistors provide definedzero levels to detect the SENSE configuration automatically. It will be shown at the balance dialog ofimcDevices and allows probe-breakage recognition.

163



4.3.3.3 BR-4 connectionc scheme

4.3.3.3.1 Full bridge, double sense

+VB

-IN

+IN

-VB

-SENSE

+SENSE

R_cable

R_cable

R_B

R_B

R_B

R_B

+VB/2

-VB/2

R_c

al

R_cable

6-wire connection Both SENSE-lines, ±SENSE, used ("4L-Sense").

Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration; for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase

errors

4.3.3.3.2 Full bridge, double and single line-sense

Analogous to the corresponding half-bridge configuration

4.3.3.3.3 Half-bridge, double sense

+VB

-IN

+IN

-VB

-SENSE

+SENSE

R_cable

R_cable

R_B

R_B

+VB/2

-VB/2

R_c

al

R_H

BR

_HB

R_cable

5-wire connection Both SENSE-lines, ±SENSE, used (double Sense):

Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm;

for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors Internal half-bridge completion excitation is controlled by an internal, buffered SENSE line; therefore

asymmetric cable is permitted without the resulting offset-drift!


4.3.3.3.4 Half-bridge, single line-sense

+VB

-IN

+IN

-VB

-SENSE

+SENSE

R_cable

R_cable

R_B

R_B

+VB/2

-VB/2

R_c

al

R_H

BR

_HB

R_cable

4-wire connection Only one SENSE-line is used (single line-Sense):

Compensation of the influence of symmetric cable resistances.+SENSE or –SENSE can be used, recognized automatically, unused SENSE left open.

Calibration resistor for shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm;for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors.

Internal half-bridge completion fed by ±VB, therefore symmetric cable required, otherwise not onlyincorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift!

4.3.3.3.5 Half-bridge, without sense

+VB

-IN

+IN

-VB

-SENSE

+SENSE

R_cable

R_cable

R_B

R_B

+VB/2

-VB/2

R_c

al

R_H

BR

_HB

R_cable

3-wire connection No SENSE-line used, SENSE terminals to be left open of jumpered to ±VB at the plug, in order to

compensate the plug's contact resistance. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration on external half-bridge arm;

for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors. Optional cable resistance calibration ("offline"):

Cable resistance determined by means of shunt calibration and automatic calculation.Symmetric cabling required (also to +IN!).No acquisition of cable resistance drift, since it can only be performed offline before measurement.

Internal half-bridge completion fed by ±VB, therefore symmetric cabling required, otherwise not onlyincorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift!



4.3.3.3.6 Quarter bridge, with sense

+VB

-IN

+IN

-VB

-SENSE

+SENSE

R_cable +VB/2

-VB/2R

_HB

R_H

B

R_cable

R_cable

R_B

R_c

al

R_1

/4

4-wire connection +SENSE is used compensation of gain error caused by symmetric cable resistance (at ±VB). Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.

Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode! Symmetric cables required, otherwise corresponding offset drift!

4.3.3.3.7 Quarter-bridge, without sense

+VB

-IN

+IN

-VB

-SENSE

+SENSE

R_cable +VB/2

-VB/2

R_H

BR

_HB

R_cable

R_cable

R_B

R_c

al

R_1

/4

3-wire connection No SENSE-line is used, leave SENSE terminals open.

+SENSE may also NOT be connected. Compensation of the plug contact resistance at VB is thus notpossible (in contrast to the case of half-bridge 2-wire configuration).

Symmetric cabling required, otherwise corresponding offset drift! Calibration resistance for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.

Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode! For DC:

Compensation of gain error due to cable resistance at VB by means of measurement and automaticcompensation of the voltage drop along the cable between –VB and +INOnline-compensation, capture also of cable drift (which must be symmetric!)

For CF: Optional cable resistance compensation ("offline"): Determination of and automatic accounting for cable resistance. Symmetric cable also required at +IN (!) No acquisition of cable resistance drift,since it can only be performed offline before measurement. Offline compensation measurement bymeans of shunt calibration at external quarter-bridge arm performed in DC mode and only covers


resistance effects of cable!

4.3.3.3.7.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration:

In quarter-bridge configuration the external ¼-bridge branch is connected via three cables, where thetwo current-bearing leads "+VB" and "-VB" must be symmetric (same resistance, thus identical length andcross-section). Under these circumstances, their influence (in terms of the offset, not the gain) iscompensated, so that no offset versus the (constant) internal half-bridge's potential arises.

If this symmetry condition is not met (e.g. if only two cables are used and the terminals "–VB" and "+IN" aredirectly jumpered at the terminal, the following offset drift would result due to the temperature-dependentcable resistance in series with the bridge impedance:

Assuming a (one-way) cable length of 1 m, we get:

Cu-cable: 0.14mm², 130mΩ/m, cable length l=1m Cable Rk = 130mΩ

Temperature coefficient Cu: 4000ppm / K

Drift Rk 0.52mΩ / K

Equivalent bridge drift (120Ω bridge) ¼ 0.52mΩ / (K *120Ω) = 1.1µV/V / K

Example: Temperature change dT = 20K 22µV/V (dT =20K)

Cable resistance values which aren't ideally symmetric would have a proportionally equal effect:e.g., 500m of cable with 0.2% resistance difference would cause the same offset drift of 1.1µV/V / K.

Along with the offset, a gain uncertainty given by the ratio between the cable resistance and the bridgeimpedance must also be taken into account. For 120Ω bridges, it remains under 0.1% for cable lengths ofapprox. 1m: (Cu-cable, 0.14mm², 130mΩ/m cable Rk/Rb = 1/1000 for l=0.9m)

There are three different procedures for cable compensation:

Connection of an additional 4th line: "+SENSE": * automatic calculated compensation on the condition of cable symmetry* online compensation procedure which also takes temperature drift into account* can be used with CF and DC-mode

Evaluation of the voltage drop along the cable to "-VB" by means of measuring the voltage differencebetween the terminals "-VB" and "+IN":* automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry* online-compensation procedure which also accounts for temperature drift * only can be used for DC

Offline cable resistance compensation by means of shunt calibration (on external quarter bridge):

automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry, including for the line "+IN"! This condition is generally not set for the 3-line Sense configuration!!

Assumption of nominal values for bridge impedance, shunt and gain: any deviation by the actual valuein shunt calibration is interpreted as the influence of the cable resistance.

The underlying model results in a different correction than "classical" shunt calibration!

Offline compensation procedure which doesn't account for temperature drift

Used only with DC, since compensation is done only once, offline, if CF-mode is set, this procedure isperformed in DC mode.

4.3.3.4 Overload recognition

Overload is indicated as double the value of the input range limit value. If the negative input range isexceeded, then in DC-mode, the doubled negative input range is indicated. In CF-mode, the doubledpositive input range is always shown.



4.3.3.5 Cable qualities and configuration

In DC-bridge mode, there is leeway for the cable configuration

In CF- bridge mode, what cable to select is quite important

For very long cables and high performance requirements, paired lines are recommended:

3 x 2 cable core pairs, each pair shielded (or twisted) A) +IN, -IN B) +VB, -VB C) +SENSE, -SENSE

Wires with additional twisting(inside shielding) minimizemagnetic interference andguarantee optimum thermalbalance: the resistance of verylong copper cables can varystrongly with the temperaturedue to copper's largetemperature coefficient.

If only one common shieldedmulti-wire cable is available forcost reasons, the configurationof the cable wires should bechosen so that the effects of thecoupling capacities areminimized. We thereforerecommend the followingarrangement using a 7-wirecable:

-VB

+VB

+IN

-IN

-SENSE

+SENSE

GND

1

6

5

4

3

2

7

Signal Function Channel 1 Channel 2 Cable LiYCY 7x 0.14

DSUB-15 Plug DSUB-15 Plug Core Color

+VB pos. supply 9 1 12 7 4 Yellow

+IN pos. input 2 2 5 8 6 Pink

-IN neg. input 10 3 13 9 3 Green

-VB neg. supply 3 4 6 10 1 White

-SENSE neg. Sense 11 5 14 11 2 Brown

+SENSE pos. Sense 4 6 7 12 5 Gray

GND GND 15 14 15 14 7 Blue

+5V 5V 8 17 8 17 -- --

CHASSIS Chassis ground Chassis 15,16 Chassis 15,16 Shield --

In many applications, further environmental influences can play a role: UV-radiation may under certaincircumstances make the cables' PVC isolation porous so that moisture can enter. This in turn can leadto corrosion and changing of the isolation and capacitance properties, considerable changes of thecable characteristics and disturbance of the symmetry.

The cable symmetry to be expected is an important consideration when choosing whether to use singleor double sense lines!


4.3.4 C-8 voltage and temperature

The module C-8 module comes in three varieties:

Variety Properties

Standard (DSUB)

- voltage measurement 50 V…2.5mV

- temperature measurement with thermocouples - temperature measurement with PT100-resistors

Var. I with BNC- voltage measurement 50 V…2.5mV - supply voltage for external sensors 24 V..2.5 V; 15 V

Var. II with thermocouple plugs type K - temperature measurement with thermocouples

The technical specification of the CRPL/C-8 .

4.3.4.1 Voltage measurement Standard (DSUB) and Var. I (BNC)

±50V... ±2.5V with divider

±1V... ±5mV without divider

DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-U4

A voltage divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 50 V and 2.5V; the resulting input impedance is 1 M -even when the device is deactivated. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.

+IN

-IN+-

+IN

-IN+-

495k

5k

495k

5k

Voltages <2V without divider Voltages > 1V with internal divider

4.3.4.2 Temperature measurement

The C-8-module's channels are designed for measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors(RTD, platinum resistance thermometer as per DIN and IEC 751). Any combination of sensor types can beconnected. Many common thermocouple types use linearization based on characteristic curves.

The terminal point compensation for the thermocouple measurements is either built-in or is handled by theimc-Thermoplug, depending on the device variety.

4.3.4.2.1 imc Thermoplugs (Type: Standard DSUB)

The patented imc-Thermoplug ACC/DSUB-T4, which is a pod containing a DSUB-15 screw terminal and abuilt-in temperature sensor (PT1000), provides cold junction compensation. This enables any type ofthermocouple to be directly connected to the differential inputs (+IN and -IN) without the need for acompensation line.

A sensor measures the temperature at the connection terminal and correspondingly compensates thethermoelectric voltage. Normally, a special compensation line or plug made of the same material as the

166



particular thermocouple type must be used to connect the terminal to the cold junction (reference point) inthe device interior, in order to prevent the formation of additional (uncontrolled) parasitic thermocouples.

The imc system avoids this problem by means of individual compensation sensors directly inside theconnector pod and thus provides a convenient, flexible and affordable interconnections solution.

-IN

+I

10M

+IN

10M

-I

+ -Thermocouple (isolated and referenced to external potential by means of spot-welded contact)

4.3.4.2.2 Measurement with PT100 (RTD) (Type: Standard DSUB)

Besides Besides thermocouples, it's also possible to connect PT100 sensors directly in4-wire-configuration. A (supplementary) reference current source feeds up to four sensors connected inseries jointly.

When the imc-Thermoplug is used, the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that thisreference circuit is "automatically" closed.

-IN

+I1

10M

+IN

10M

Rcable

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

Rcable

+

-

-I4

625 µA

+I2

-I1

-I3

+I4

+I3

-I2

-IN1

+I1

10M

+IN1

10M

Rcable

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

Rcable

+

-

-I4

625 µA

-I3

+I4

+I3

-I2

-IN2

10M

+IN2

10M

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

-I1Rcable

Rcable +I2

Example for one PT100(RTD) in 4-wire configuration Example for two PT100(RTD) in 4-wireconfiguration

4.3.4.2.3 Thermocouple measurement (Variety II - plugs for Type K)

The thermocouples are connected with Type-K thermo-plugs into sockets of the same type. The referencepoint is at the terminal on the front panel, whose temperature signal is captured and evaluated by thedevice.


4.3.4.3 Optional sensor supply module

The C-8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable supplyvoltage for active sensors.

The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground. The reference potential, in other words the sensor's supply ground contact, is the terminal GND.

The technical specification of the CRPL/SUPPLY .

4.3.4.4 Connector plugs

The measurement inputs should be connected using a shielded cable in which both the positive andnegative measurement inputs (+IN and -IN) are located inside the shielding. The shielding must beconnected to the terminal pod housing.

+IN

-IN

sensor

shield

chassis

shielded cablemeasurement channel

GND

The pin configuration of the DSUB connector .

216

220



4.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs

The analog outputs DAC_01..08 are able to drive analog control signals whose values can be given bythe results of computational operations performed by Online FAMOS on combinations of measurementchannels.

The most important specs:

± 10V level at max. ± 10mA and 250Ω driver capability

16bit resolution

guaranteed startup in inactive state (0V) upon switch-on, without undefined transients

short-circuit protected against ground.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/DAC-8 . 169


4.3.6 DCB-8 Voltage, current, ICP and bridge

8 differential analog inputs

Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comments

Inputs 8

Measurementmodes:

voltage measurements

voltage measurements with adjustablesupply

current measurement

current fed sensors (ICP*)

bridge-sensor

bridge: strain gauge

with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2

(*ICP™-, DELTATRON®-, PIEZOTRON®-Sensors) with ACC/DSUB-ICP2

Bridge channels - non-isolated

The eight measurement inputs whose terminals are the DSUB15 plugs IN1 through IN8 are for voltage,current, bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. They are non-isolated differential amplifiers.They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.

The DCB-8 supports TEDS ; the technical specification of the CRPL/DCB-8 .

4.3.6.1 Voltage measurement

Voltage: ±10V... ±5mV

In the voltage ranges 10 V to 5mV, the input impedance is 20M.

4.3.6.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference

The voltage source itself already has aconnection to the device’s ground. Thepotential difference between the voltagesource and the device ground must be fixed.

Example: The device is grounded. Thus, theinput D is also at ground potential. If thevoltage source itself is also grounded, it'sreferenced to the device ground. It doesn'tmatter if the ground potential at the voltagesource is slightly different from that of thedevice itself. But the maximum allowedcommon mode voltage must not beexceeded.

Important: In this case, the negative signalinput B may not be connected with the deviceground D. Connecting them would cause aground loop through which interference couldbe coupled in.

In this case, a genuine differential (but notisolated!) measurement is carried out.

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+-

C

A

B

F

G

D

Ue

152 170



4.3.6.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+-

C

A

B

F

G

D

The voltage source itself is not referenced to the device groundbut is instead isolated from it. In this case, a ground referencemust be established. One way to do this is to ground the voltagesource itself. Then it is possible to proceed as for "Voltagesource with ground reference". Here, too, the measurement isdifferential. It is also possible to make a connection between thenegative signal input and the device ground, in other words toconnect B and D.

Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured, forinstance a battery whose contacts have no connection toground. The module is grounded.

Important: If B and D are connected, care must be takenthat the potential difference between the signal source andthe device doesn't cause a significant compensationcurrent. If the source's potential can't be adjusted (becauseit has a fixed, overlooked reference), there is a danger ofdamaging or destroying DCB-8. If B and D are connected,then in practice a single-ended measurement is performed.This is no problem if there was no ground referencebeforehand.

4.3.6.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+-

C

A

B

F

G

D

Ue

+- Ucm

For measurement ranges <20 V the common mode voltage(Ucm) has to be less than 10 V. It is reduced by ½ inputvoltage.

Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at apotential of 120V to ground. The device itself is grounded. Sincethe common mode voltage is greater than permitted,measurement is not possible. Also, the input voltage differenceto the DCB-8 ground would be above the upper limit allowed.For such a task, the DCB-8 cannot be used!

4.3.6.1.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare)

In voltage measurement, it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. For such cases, usethe operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desiredchannel. The measurement range will be reduced by the offset correction If the initial offset is too large forcompensation by the device, a larger input range must be set.


4.3.6.2 Current measurement

4.3.6.2.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement

Current: e.g. ±50mA ... ±1mA

For current measurement could be used the DSUB plugCRPL/CURRENT. That connector comes with a 50 shuntand is not included with the standard DCB-8 package. It isalso possible to measure a voltage via an externallyconnected shunt. Appropriate scaling must be set in theuser interface. The value 50 is just a suggestion. Theresistor needs an adequate level of precision. Pay attentionto the shunt's power consumption.

The maximum common mode voltage must be in therange ±10 V for this circuit, too. This can generally only beensured if the current source itself already is referenced toground. If the current source is ungrounded a dangerexists of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage forDCB-8. The current source may need to be referenced tothe ground, for example by being grounded.

The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specifiedvoltage via Pins C and D.

+in

+V Supply

GND

Rcable

Rcable

sense

+I; 1/4Bridge

+

-50

C

A

B

F

G

D

-in

4.3.6.2.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement

Current: ±50mA ... ±2mA

In this circuit, the current to be measured flows throughthe 120 shunt in DCB-8. Note that here, the terminal Dis simultaneously DCB-8's ground. Thus, themeasurement carried out is single-end or groundreferenced. The potential of the current source itself maybe brought into line with that of UN8's ground. In thatcase, be sure that the DCB-8 unit itself is grounded.

In the settings interface, set the measurement mode toCurrent.

Note that the jumper between A and G should beconnected right to PIN G inside the connecter.

In case the DCB-8 is of the 350 variety, groundreferenced current measurement is not possible!

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

Rcable

Rcable

-sense

+I; 1/4Bridge

+

-120

C

A

B

F

G

D

4.3.6.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply

E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA

Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into their own current consumption andwhich allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two-wire circuit. In this case, the device has itsown power supply and measures the current signal.

In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers/ General, a supply voltage is set for thesensors, usually 24V. The channels must be configured for Current measurement.

The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals C and G.



The signal is measured by the DCB-8 unit between A and D. For this reason, a wire jumper must bepositioned between Pins A and G inside the connector pod.

Note

There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of 120 which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of thetransducer (2.4V = 120 * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage issufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.

In case the DCB-8 has been ordered as 350 variant, this mode is not possible!

4.3.6.3 Bridge measurement

Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges.

The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurementbridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., fora bridge voltage setting of VB = 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5V and Pin D at -VB = 0V. The terminal–VB issimultaneously the device's ground reference.

Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available:

Bridge measurement [V] Input ranges [mV/V]

10 1000 ... 0.5

5 1000 ... 0.5

Fundamentally, the following holds:

For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are theabsolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and driftquality. The limits for this are set by the maximum available current from the source and by the dissipationin the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)

For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5 mV/V ... 1mV/V are particularly relevant.

There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max.1 V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V.

Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Straingauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, wherequarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.


4.3.6.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge

+in

-in

+VB

I; 1/4Bridge

-VB

Rcable

Rcable

sense

VBC

A

B

F

G

D

A full bridge has four resistors, which can be fourcorrespondingly configured strain gauges or onecomplete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The fullbridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (C andD) serve supply purposes, two other leads (A and B)capture the differential voltage. The fifth lead (F) is theSense lead for the lower supply terminal, which is usedto determine the single-sided voltage drop along thesupply line. Assuming that the other supply cable (C) hasthe same impedance and thus produces the samevoltage drop, no 6th lead is needed. The Sense leadmakes it possible to infer the measurement bridge's truesupply voltage, in order to obtain a very exactmeasurement value in mV/V.

Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. Thisdetermines the maximum possible cable length.

If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead isnegligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however,F and D must be jumpered. Pin F must never be unconnected!

4.3.6.3.2 Case 2: Half bridge

I; 1/4Bridge

+in

-in

+VB

-VB

Rcable

Rcable

sense

int.halfbridge

VBC

A

B

F

G

D

A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuitor a sensor internally configured as a half bridge, or apotentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4 terminals toconnect. For information on the effect and use of theSense lead F, see the description of the full bridge.

The DCB-8 internally completes the full bridge itself, sothat the differential amplifier is working with a genuine fullbridge.



4.3.6.3.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge

+in

-in

+VB

-VB

120

Rcable

Rcable

quarterbridge

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

VBC

A

B

F

G

D

int.halfbridge

A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whosenominal value can be 120.

For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridgesupply.

The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to thedescription of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead.However, with the quarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to+IN and Sense jointly.

If the sensor supply is equipped with the option “±15V”, aquarter bridge measurement is not possible. The pin I_1/4B forthe quarter bridge completion is used for–15V instead.

4.3.6.3.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option.

A built-in 120 completion resistor comes standard for bridge measurements. A 350 completion resistorfor quarter bridge measurements is also possible. When using this option, the scope of functionality islimited:

no direct current measurement with the included standard connectors ACC/DSUB-UNI2 is possible,but only with the optional connector ACC/DSUB-I2 having a 50 shunt (differential measurement).


4.3.6.3.4 General notes

The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance, which would otherwiseproduce noticeable measurement errors. If there are no Sense lines, then SENSE (F) must be connectedin the terminal plug according to the sketches above.

Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) in which the fraction of thebridge supply fed in which the bridge puts out is analyzed (typically in the 0.1% range, corresponding to 1mV/V). Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio, the bridge input range, and takes intoaccount the momentary magnitude of the supply. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitudeis not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy.

The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 5kHz (-3dB).

Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge, for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the straingauge in its rest state, must be zero-balanced (tare). Such an unbalance can be many times the inputrange (bridge balancing). If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device, a larger inputrange must be set.

Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing

(VB = 5V) [mV/V]

Bridge balancing

(VB = 10V) [mV/V]

1000 500 150

500 100 250

200 100 50

100 15 50

50 15 7

20 3 7

10 10 15

5 10 5

2 3 5

1 4 5

4.3.6.3.5 Balancing and shunt calibration

DCB-8 offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):

Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. If this option is selected, all thebridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.

Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab.

In shunt calibration, the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59,8kΩ or 174.66kΩ shunt. The resultsare:

Bridge resistance 120Ω 350Ω

59.8kΩ174.7kΩ

0.5008mV/V0.171mV/V

1.458mV/V 0.5005mV/V

The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement modewith zero-balancing.

Note

We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input



range. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in ashunt calibration!

4.3.6.4 Sensor supply module

The DCB-8 is enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable supplyvoltage for active sensors.


The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. The voltage selected is alsothe supply for the measurement bridges. If a value other than 5V or 10 V is set, bridge measurement is nolonger possible!


4.3.6.5 Bandwidth

The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10µs (100kHz). The analog bandwidth (without digitallow-pass filtering) is 5KHz (-3dB).

216


4.3.7 DI-16 Digital inputs

The digital inputs DI_01..08 and DI_09..16 can sample digital signals conforming to either TTL/CMOS or 24V logic standards. Groups of 8 bits each, accessed at their D-SUB-plug, are galvanically isolated andcan be configured to one of the two standard levels (5V or 24V).

The technical specification of the module CRPL/DI-16 .

The control-signal LEVEL connected at the D-SUB plug, sets the logic standard (and thus threshold level)for each 8-bit group. This is switched by a jumper between LEVEL and LCOM:

Logic-level configuration LOW level HIGH level

TTL / CMOS open (default) TTL / CMOS < 0.55V > 2V

24V LCOM (wire bridge) < 1.3V > 7.5V

The input stage has Schmitt-trigger characteristics, meaning switching thresholds with hysteresis. Thethresholds specified correspond to the following cases:

LOW-level: maximum signal level clearly identified as LOW; for the transition HIGH LOW

HIGH-level: minimum signal level clearly identified as HIGH; for the transition LOW HIGH

The minimum hysteresis value is 0.4V (TTL/CMOS-logic) or 1.6V (24V-logic).

The common reference ground of each 8-bit group is located at "LCOM".

"HCOM" is the 5V-supply voltage of the galvanically isolated input stage. If necessary, it can also be usedto supply additional external input logic, up to a maximum load of 50mA (per 8-bit group).

Internal pullup-resistors provide a well-defined High-level in the case of open inputs. To make use of thisfeature in 24V-configuration as well, connect an external 24V power supply at HCOM.

The asynchronous pulse signal "CLK" is reserved for future synchronization functions.

4.3.7.1 Block schematic

DC / DC

Opto-coupler

Register

LEVEL

BIT1..8

HCOM

5V / 24V

DI_1..8

5V

100k

33k

100k

TTL/24V

LCOM

The second group DI_9..16 is analog. It is isolated from the system as a whole, as well as from DI_01..08and has the signals HCOM_09_16, LCOM_09_16 and LEVEL_09_16 in common.

173



4.3.7.2 Possible configurations

TTL

BIT1...8

HCOM 5V / 24V

LEVEL

LCOM

TTL 24V

BIT1...8

HCOM 5V / 24V

LCOM

LOW active

BIT1...8

HCOM 5V / 24V

LCOM

HIGH active*

LEVEL LEVEL

5k

24V

BIT1...8

HCOM 5V / 24V

LEVEL

LCOM

BIT1...8

HCOM

LCOM

LOW active

BIT1...8

HCOM

LCOM

HIGH active*

LEVEL LEVEL

5k

+-

24V +-

+-24V 24V

*HIGH active: Internal pullup-resistors provide a well-defined High-level in the case of open inputs or open switches. The

configuration wouldn’t have any effect, if the external pulldown resistor (5kΩ in the picture) wouldn’t exist.

4.3.7.3 Data format, asynchronous polling mode

The digital inputs have a feature that distinguishes them from analog and incremental encoder channels:They have two different data capture modes:

synchronous mode (synchronous data capture):When the digital inputs (as a 16bit port) are activated for data capture (menu "B_Settings"), theygenerate a data stream with the set sampling rate, like any other channels.Display of the data streams is provided by the curve windows, and all the usual display types areavailable, such as curve plots, waterfall display, single value display, etc.In terms of the graphics display (and also all other properties) they are equivalent to the other channels,and of course, digital and analog channels can be displayed together in a shared curve window.

The individual bits "DI_01 ... DI_16" with their Boolean value range (1 / 0) are available as channels, aswell as the complete 16-bit port "DI_1_16", as a channel which can take the values 0..65535("unsigned Integer").

Only data captured synchronously in this manner are available as a data set which can be saved to a harddrive.

asynchronous mode (asynchronous polling):Even if the DI-port is not activated for (synchronous) data capture, the values of the bits can still bepolled, asynchronously.This mode is only used for displaying the digital inputs' signals in the Bit-window.

The display in the Bit-window serves only for "interactive" display and control. In this mode, no data sets aregenerated, saving is therefore not possible!

The differences between these operational modes extend to their treatment in Online FAMOS.

4.3.7.4 Display digital channels

The digital inputs are displayed in the dialog DIODAC, (see Chapter 2, imcDevices Manual).The pin configuration of the DSUB-15 plug . 219


4.3.8 DI-HV-4: Digital inputs for high voltages

The DI module has four isolated inputs. The transmission characteristics in terms of the voltage level andtime behavior is determined using a toggle switch next to the input terminal. One distinguishes betweenAC- and DC-mode. In both modes, AC- and DC-voltages in the range 400V..+400V can be applied at theinputs.

toggle switch maximum voltage LOW-level HIGH-level

DC-mode -400V..+400V < 1.5V > 3.5V

AC-mode 230Veff < 1.5V < -3.5V, > 3.5V

The technical specification of the CRPL/DI-HV-4 .

4.3.8.1 DC-Mode

In DC-mode, positive input voltages are digitalized with the display of “1”. A positive input voltage above thepositive threshold Us+ = 3 . 5 V ( typ. 2.8V) is indicated by “1“ and a voltage below the negative threshold Us-

= 1 . 5V (typ. 2.2V) is indicated by “0“. The response times are 70 µs and 50 µs, respectively.

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

0

1

0 50 100 150

ms

VU

s->1.5V (typ 2.2V)

Us+<3.5V (typ. 2.8V)

t1 < 70µs t2 < 50µs

Fig. 1 Behavior of the digital conditioning in DC-mode

4.3.8.2 AC-Mode

This mode is for monitoring of dips in AC voltage. The display thus indicates the presence of a voltage.Both of the input voltage’s polarities are evaluated. If their magnitude is greater than the threshold value Us,the signal display is a logical “1”. In addition to the level valuation, there is a holding element so thatimpulses exhibiting the state “1” are prolonged by t4 = 2.0ms. This makes it possible to bufferzero-crossings in sinusoidal AC voltage signals in which the signal’s magnitude is smaller than thethreshold voltage. The duration during which the signal falls short of the level in the region ofzero-crossings depends on the signal amplitude and the frequency. The buffer time of 2.0ms was selectedso that a voltage of 24Veff at 16 2/3 Hz would cause a constant display of “1”.

174



0

1

0 50 100 150

ms

t3 < 70µs

-30

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

Fig. 2: If the input voltage’s magnitude falls below the threshold Us+ , then “1” is displayed. The zero-crossings don’taffect the outputted value. This makes it possible to monitor power supply voltages of 16 2/3 Hz all the way down to 2

4 Veff for interruptions.

If the input signal takes the form:

Equ. 1

then the duration during which the signal is between the positive and the negative threshold can bedetermined by setting ue = Us.

f

uuT

2

ˆarcsin

ˆarcsin

s-s U-U

Equ. 2The holdoff time t4 = 2.0ms offers ample safety against level and frequency fluctuations.

Once the input voltage is no longer applied, the display changes to “0” after the holdoff time of t4 = 2.0ms –but at the latest after t4 = 2.2ms – until the threshold has once again been exceeded.


-30

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

0

1

0 20 40 60 80 100

ms

t4 >2.0ms

t3 < 70µs

Fig. 3 If there is a voltage outage, this is indicated after about 2ms.

If the voltage to be monitored is below the threshold only slightly longer than 2.0ms, then the state “0” isassured to last for at least t4 = 100µs. If the digitalized signal is sampled at 10kHz, it is assured that voltageoutages of 2.0ms or more are recognized.



-40

-20

0

20

40

0

1

0 10 20 30 40 50

ms

> 2.0ms

t5 > 100µs

V

Fig. 4 Display of the voltage outage lasts at least 100 µs.

4.3.8.3 Connection

Channels are grouped in fours on a connector. A channel's terminals are formed by apair of contacts “+in” and “-in”.

Due to the isolation, any voltage levels within the stated limits can be applied. The signindicates the polarity necessary for obtaining signal courses corresponding to Fig. 1.

The connector's order code is: MSTB 2,5/8-STF Phoenix Nr. 1779709


4.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4 Digital inputs and outputs, incremental encoder

The combi-card comes with 16 digital inputs, 8 digital outputs and 4 inputs for capture of incrementalcounter signals, RPM measurements, angle, frequencies etc., available as plug-in module for the imcCRONOS-PL and as configured module for CRONOS-SL.

Each 8-bit group of digital inputs can be configured by means of a wire jumper in the connector for theacquisition of either TTL-signals or 24 V signals. The 4 inputs for the capture of counter signals can bepaired up to capture two-signal counter signals.

4.3.9.1 16 Digital Inputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4)

The DI potion possesses 16 digital inputs which can take samples at rates of up to 10kHz. Every group offour inputs has a common ground reference and are not mutually isolated. However, this input group isisolated from the second input group, the power supply and CAN-Bus, but not mutually.

The technical specification of the digital inputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .

The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 .

TTL

DC / DC

+IN1..4

HCOM 5V

DI_1..4

5V

-IN1/2/3/4

currentlimit

400µA

LCOM

LEVEL

24V/TTL

level

+IN5..8

DI_5..8

-IN5/6/7/8

register

currentlimit

400µA

register

+IN1..4

HCOM 5V

-IN1/2/3/4

LCOM

LEVEL

+IN5..8

-IN5/6/7/8

+IN1..4

HCOM 5V

-IN1/2/3/4

LCOM

LEVEL

+IN5..8

-IN5/6/7/8

+IN1..4

HCOM 5V

-IN1/2/3/4

LCOM

LEVEL

+IN5..8

-IN5/6/7/8

24V

+-24V

TTL 24V

4.3.9.1.1 Input voltage

The input voltage range for the 16 digital inputs can be set for either 5V (TTL-range) or 24V. The switchingis accomplished by means of a jumper at the ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 connector:

If LEVEL and LCOM are jumpered, all 16 bits work with 5V and a threshold of 1.7..1.8V.

If LEVEL is not bridged with LCOM, 24V and a threshold of 6.95 ...7.05V are valid.

Thus, an unconnected connector is set by default for 24V. This prevents 24 V from being applied to thevoltage input range of 5V.

176

220



4.3.9.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels

The digital inputs can be recorded in the manner of an analog channel. It isn’t possible to select individualbits for acquisition; all 16 bits (digital port) are always recorded. The hardware ensures that the brief HIGHlevel within one sampling interval can be recognized.


4.3.9.2 Digital outputs

The digital outputs DO_01..08 provide galvanically isolated control signals with current drivingcapability whose values (states) are derived from operations performed on measurement channels usingOnline FAMOS. This makes it easily possible to define control functions.

In addition to control via Online FAMOS, it is alternatively possible to set the digital outputs interactivelyvia the user interface. Furthermore it is even possible to assign trigger values to digital outputs.

The technical specification of the digital outputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .

Pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DO8 .

Important notes

available levels: 5V (internal) or up to 30V with external power supply current driving capability:

HIGH: 15 - 20mA LOW: 700mA

short-circuit-proof to supply or to reference potential HCOM and LCOM

configurable as open-drain driver (e.g. as relay driver)

default-state at system power-on:HIGH (Totem-Pole mode) or high-impedance (Open-Drain mode)The eight outputs are galvanically isolated as a group from the rest of the system and are designed asTotem-Pole drivers. The eight stages' ground references are connected and are accessible as a signalat LCOM.

HCOM represents the supply voltage of the driver stage. It is generated internally with a galvanicallyisolated 5V-source. Alternatively, an external higher supply voltage can be connected (max. +30V), whichthen determines the drivers' output level.

The control signal OPDRN on the D-SUB plug can be used to set the driver type for the corresponding8-bit-group: either Totem-Pole or Open-Drain :

In Totem-Pole mode, the driver delivers current in the HIGH-state. In the Open-Drain configuration,conversely, it has high impedance in the HIGH-state, in LOW-state, an internally (HCOM) or externallysupplied load (e.g. relay) is pulled down to LCOM (Low-Side Switch).With Open-Drain mode, the externalsupply driving the load, need not be connected to HCOM but only to the load.

Inductive loads (relays, motors) should be equipped with a clamp diode in parallel for shorting outswitch-off transients (anode to output, cathode to positive supply voltage).

The default-state after system power-up in Open-Drain mode is designed to produce a high impedancepassive state, equivalent to the OFF-state of the switch.

If, in contrast, Totem-Pole mode is configured (jumper at OPDRN), a valid HIGH-output level sets in onlyafter the device is started up.

Driver-configuration:

config.-Pin: OPDRN High-level LOW-level Power-up Default

Open-Drain mode open (default) highimpedance

< 0.4V high impedance

Totem-Pole mode LCOM-OPDRN (wire bridge) HCOM - 0.5V < 0.4V HIGH

176

220



4.3.9.2.1 Block schematic

DC / DC

TOTEM POLETTL / 24V

OPTO-KOPPLER

Register

20mA

LCOM

BIT1..8

OPDRNenable

HCOM

max. 30V

DO_1..8

5V

4.3.9.2.2 Possible configurations

Relais

BIT1...8

HCOM

OPDRN

LCOM

max. 30V

BIT1...8

HCOM

LCOM

Totem Pole

+-

30V

Open Drain

OPDRN

Relais

Relais

BIT1...8

HCOM

OPDRN

LCOM

BIT1...8

HCOM

LCOM

Totem PoleOpen Drain

OPDRN

Relais+-

30V

5V (internal)


4.3.9.3 Incremental Encoder Channels (DI16-DO8-ENC4)

The DI16-DO8-ENC4 incremental encoder module’s settings options basically correspond to thedescription of the ENC-4 . The deviations from the ENC-4 are stated below.

The connector is the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4, pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-ENC4 . This enables allfour incremental encoders to a single connector.

The technical specification of the ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .

The condition for the input differential amplifier reaching the correct working point is that the sensor beground referenced, meaning that is has low impedance towards ground (GND, CHASSIS, PE). This is notto be confused with the sensor's common mode potential, which may be as much as ±30V. This alsoapplies if differential measurement is configured for the high-impedance differential input. If this galvaniccontact to the system (CHASSIS) doesn't exist for an isolated sensor, such a connection must be created,for instance as a jumper between GND (device) and the sensor's POWER_GND!

The comparator offers the following settings:

Threshold (VREF) = 10V Hysteresis (VHYST) = <20V Requirement: (|VREF|+VHYST/2)<10V

The 5V (max. 100mA, or 300mA upon request) supply voltage provided at the terminals "+5V, GND" canbe used to supply sensors. If a greater voltage or supply power is required, the sensor must be suppliedexternally, and you must make sure to provide a galvanic connection between this supply voltage and thesystem ground!

4.3.9.3.1 Incremental encoder track configuration options

Mode Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4

Single-signal mode Ö Ö Ö Ö

two-signal mode

Single-signal mode shows signal value 0 Ö Ö

two-signal mode Ö

Single-signal mode Ö Ö shows signal value 0

two-signal mode Ö

Single-signal mode shows signal value 0 shows signal value 0

two-signal mode Ö Ö

91

220

175



4.3.9.3.2 Block schematic


4.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs

The digital outputs DO_01..08 and DO_09..16 provide galvanically isolated control signals with currentdriving capability whose values (states) are derived from operations performed on measurement channelsusing Online FAMOS. This makes it easily possible to define control functions.

In addition to control via Online FAMOS, it is alternatively possible to set the digital outputs interactivelyvia the user interface. Furthermore it is even possible to assign trigger values to digital outputs.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/DO-16 .

Important notes:

available levels: 5V (internal) or up to 30V with external power supply current driving capability:

HIGH: 15 - 20mALOW: 700mA

short-circuit-proof to supply or to reference potential HCOM and LCOM

configurable as open-drain driver (e.g. as relay driver)

default-state at system power-on:

high-impedance

HIGH

high impedance

(Totem-Pole mode) or

(Open-Drain mode)

The eight outputs are galvanically isolated as a group from the rest of the system and are designed asTotem-Pole drivers. The eight stages' ground references are connected and are accessible as a signal atLCOM.

HCOM represents the supply voltage of the driver stage. It is generated internally with a galvanicallyisolated 5V-source. Alternatively, an external higher supply voltage can be connected (max. +30V), whichthen determines the drivers' output level.

The control signal OPDRN on the D-SUB plug can be used to set the driver type for the corresponding8-bit-group: either Totem-Pole or Open-Drain :

In Totem-Pole mode, the driver delivers current in the HIGH-state. In the Open-Drain configuration,conversely, it has high impedance in the HIGH-state, in LOW-state, an internally (HCOM) or externallysupplied load (e.g. relay) is pulled down to LCOM (Low-Side Switch).With Open-Drain mode, the externalsupply driving the load, need not be connected to HCOM but only to the load.

Inductive loads (relays, motors) should be equipped with a clamp diode in parallel for shorting outswitch-off transients (anode to output, cathode to positive supply voltage).

The default-state after system power-up in Open-Drain mode is designed to produce a high impedancepassive state, equivalent to the OFF-state of the switch.

If, in contrast, Totem-Pole mode is configured (jumper at OPDRN), a valid HIGH-output level sets in onlyafter the device is started up.

Driver-configuration: config.-Pin: OPDRN High-level LOW-level Power-up Default

Open-Drain mode open (default) high impedance < 0.4V high impedance

Totem-Pole mode LCOM-OPDRN (wire bridge) HCOM - 0.5V < 0.4V HIGH

177



4.3.10.1 Block schematic

DC / DC

TOTEM POLETTL / 24V

OPTO-KOPPLER

Register

20mA

LCOM

BIT1..8

OPDRNenable

HCOM

max. 30V

DO_1..8

5V

4.3.10.2 Possible configurations

Relais

BIT1...8

HCOM

OPDRN

LCOM

24V

BIT1...8

HCOM

LCOM

Totem Pole

+-

24V

Open Drain

OPDRN

Relais

Relais

BIT1...8

HCOM

OPDRN

LCOM

BIT1...8

HCOM

LCOM

Totem PoleOpen Drain

OPDRN

Relais+-

24V

5V (internal)

4.3.10.3 Notes on exerting control through Online FAMOS

The maximum output frequency depends on the DO-16 unit’s switching time. At 165µs, the theoreticalvalue is 6kHz. If control is exerted from Online FAMOS, be aware that calls for output must be madesufficiently early. If long calculations are involved, for instance of FFTs or filters, the call will not be made intime.

A reliable output rate can only be achieved with the function "Synchronous Task" under Online FAMOSProfessional, which halts the calculations with an interrupt.

If output is lined to a channel as the clock pulse provider, there is another effect which can be observed.For instance, a channel is sampled at 10kHz and this is used along with the function Sawtooth for controlpurposes: DOut02_Bit01=greater( SawTooth(Channel_02, 0, 1, 2), 0.5)

With a RAM buffering period of 10s, the resulting FIFO size is 100,000 values. The system divides theFIFOS into 64k blocks. If 64k aren’t enough, two blocks are set up. In such a case, Online FAMOSreceives two values upon every FIFO call; this means that the pulse rate is divided in half. To prevent thiseffect, the RAM buffer duration must be reduced to 2s, for example.


4.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs

Fields of application:

24 V industrial applications and automotive (8-28V)

Benchmarks:

Max. 0.7 A High-Side AND Low-Side drive, I_limit typ. 1.4A

Ext. supply voltage required: 8V ..28V

With open-drain mode (low side drive): no external supply required!

Programmable for High-Side, Low-Side and Totem-Pole: Pin “OPDRN”:open: open drain (low side drive) like DO-16LCOM: totem pole (complementary) like DO-16LCOM over 10k: open source (high side drive) not supported by DO-16

Configuration 5V TTL / CMOS:

o internal 5V supply used; external supply not necessary!

o internal 5V not sufficient for operating High Side driver (≥8V required!)

o therefore: operation in open-drain mode with external pull-up (typ. 1k .. 10K, min. 250R)

o due to diode decoupling of LCOM_1-4 / 5-8:use of “LCOM” = DSUB(15) = Terminal (14) as return path wire jumper LCOM = LCOM_1-4 = LCOM_5-8

o deviates from standard DO-16

2 x isolated 8-bit groups

Standard DO pin configuration on DSUB-15 ; special deviating characteristics to standard plug:

o separate HCOM and LCOM pins for 4 bits eachHCOM_1-4 DSUB(13) Terminal(9)LCOM_1-4 DSUB(6) Terminal(10)HCOM_5-8 DSUB(14) Terminal(11)LCOM_5-8 DSUB(7) Terminal(12)

o xCOM_1-4 and xCOM_5-8 each blocked by diodes in order to achieve current sharing anDSUB-pins: 4 x 0.7 = 2.8A,Standard DSUB-plug: max. 5A / pin

o additional LCOM pin only for mode programming but not for output driversLCOM DSUB(15) Terminal(14)

o use of imc DSUB connector not recommended due to current load

Protection against:

o Short circuit I_limit typ. 1.4A, max. 2A (@25°C)

o Surge current dto.

o Load dump / inductive load switching

o Current / capacitive load switching (typ. 2 x I_nom)

o Reverse battery:protection against reverse voltage between BIT-output and HCOM or LCOM;no protection against reverse connection of external supply at LCOM – HCOM

Technical specification of the DO-HC-16 .

220

178



4.3.11.1 Schematic diagram

totempole

BITn

LCOM1-4

HCOM1-4

LCOM5-8

HCOM5-8

+5V

10k

10k

LCOM

OPDRN

BIT 1-8

BIT 9-16

DO-HC-16

+5V

+5V

high-side:ext. supplyrequired!>=8V !

low-side:operatedfrom int.5V supply

max.2.8A

10k

5VTTL/CMOS

highside

max.0.7A

4.3.11.2 Configuration of driver mode:

mode active switch OPDRN-Pin driversupply

HCOM (supply) required initialstate for passive

power-up

remarks

open drain low side drive float internal not required 1

totem polecomplementary

drive LCOM externalexternal (8V ...

28V) 0

open source high side driveLCOM via

10k externalexternal (8V ...

28V) 0

TTL / CMOS low side drive float internal internal (5V) 0ext. Pulluprequired


4.3.11.2.1 Open drain mode:

open drain(low side switch)

BITn

LCOM1-4

HCOM1-4

LCOM

OPDRNn.c.

load

HCOM not requiredbut recommended(clamp!)

4.3.11.2.2 Open source mode:

BITn

LCOM1-4

HCOM1-4

LCOM

OPDRN

load

10kopen source

(high side switch)



4.3.11.2.3 Totem pole mode:

BITn

LCOM1-4

HCOM1-4

LCOM

OPDRNtotem pole(complementaryswitch)

load

4.3.11.2.4 TTL / CMOS (5V) mode:

5V TTL/CMOS

BITn

LCOM1-4

HCOM1-4

LCOM

OPDRNn.c.

R_pullup1k..10k(min. 250R)Bit = 0

--> ON--> LOW

HCOM:int. 5V supply;

no high side driveavailable!

+5V

+5V

TTLCMOS

GND

IN


4.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels

The module ENC-4 replaces INK-4 from July, 2003 on. The two models differ in their hardware structure.To connect all four channels, ENC-4 requires two DSUB standard plugs, whereas INK-4 only needed one.The following treatment refers to circuit diagrams for the new ENC-4 model. The pin configurations of eachmodule can be found in Chapter T.The incremental encoder channels are for measuring time orfrequency-based signals. In contrast to the analog channels as well as to the digital inputs, the channelsare not sampled at a selected, fixed rate, but instead time intervals between edges (transitions) of thedigital signal are measured.

The counters used (set individually for each of the 4 channels) achieve time resolutions of up to 31ns (32Mhz); which is far beyond the abilities of sampling procedures (under comparable conditions). The"sampling rate" which the user must set is actually the rate at which the system evaluates the results of thedigital counter or the values of the quantities derived from the counters.

NoteThe maximum number of incremental encoder channels is set at 16 per device. It is not possible tointegrate more than one CRPL/ENC-4 into a system! With older imc CRONOS-PL (200kHz) only oneCRPL/INK-4 can be integrated.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/ENC-4 .

4.3.12.1 Measurement quantities

The quantity to measure must be set as the input for the incremental encoder channel.The choices available:

Quantities derived from event-counting:

events

linear motion (differential)

angle (differential)

angle (absolute)

Quantities derived from time measurements:

time

frequency

velocity

rpm

pulse time (phase-difference)

The quantities derived from event-counting, Events, Linear motion and Angle are "differential"measurements. The absolute angle is derived from the differential angle. The quantity measured is therespective change of displacement or angle within the last sampling interval. (positive or, for dual trackencoders, negative also) or the newly occurred events (always positive).

If, for instance, the total displacement is desired, it must be calculated by integration of the differentialmeasurements using Online FAMOS functions.

4.3.12.2 Time measurement conditions

The mode Time requires the definition of edge conditions, to specify the time interval to be measured(also two-signal encoder).

These conditions refer to the transitions (edges, slopes) of the digital signal:

positive edge Þ negative edge: ( á Þ â )

negative edge Þ positive edge: ( â Þ á )

positive edge Þ positive edge: ( á Þ á )

The combination negative edge Þ negative edge: ( â Þ â ) is not allowed

For all other measurement modes (frequency, rpm's etc.), it generally isn't recommendable to define edgeconditions. For that reason, the time between two positive signal edges is evaluated, as a rule.

180



4.3.12.3 Scaling

A maximum value must be entered under Input range (max. frequency etc, depend on mode). ThisMaximum determines the scaling factor of the computational processing and amounts to the range whichis represented by the available numerical format of 16bits. Depending on the measurement mode (quantityto be measured), it is to be declared as an input range's unit or in terms of a corresponding max. pulserate.

In the interest of maximizing the measurement resolution it is recommended to set this value accordingly.

The Scaling is a sensor specification which states the relation between the pulse rate of the sensor and it'scorresponding physical units (sensitivity). This is also the place to enter a conversion factor for the sensoralong with any physical quantity desired, for instance, to translate the revolutions of a flow gauge to acorresponding volume.

The table below summarizes the various measurement types' units;the bold, cursive letters denote the (fixed) primary quantity, followed by its (editable) default physical unit:

Measurement quantity (Sensor-) scaling Range Maximum

Linear motion Pulse / m m m / s

Angle Pulse / U U U / min

Velocity Pulse / m m / s m / s

RPM Pulse / U U / min U / min

Event Pulse / Pulse 1 Pulse Hz

Frequency Hz / Hz Hz Hz

Time s / s s s

Pulse time 1 1 s

4.3.12.4 Sensor types, synchronization

Index signal denotes the synchronization signal SYNC which is globally available to all four channels incommon. If its function Encoder w/o zero impulse is not activated, the following conditions apply: After thestart of a measurement the counters remain inactive until the first positive slope arrives from SYNC. Thisarrangement is independent of the release-status of the Start-trigger condition.

If a sensor without an index track (Reset signal) is used, Encoder w/o zero impulse must be selected,otherwise the counters will remain in reset-state and will never be started because the enablingstart-impulse will never occur!!

The index signal has to be connected to CON2!

Incremental encoder sensors often have an index track (index signal, zero marker pulse) which emits asynchronization-signal once per revolution. The SYNC-input is differential and set by the comparatorsettings. Its bandwidth is limited to 20kHz by a permanently low-pass filter. The input is located onACC/DSUB-ENC4 Pins 6 and 13. If the input remains open, an (inactive) HIGH-state will set in.

The measurement types Linear Motion, Angle, RPM and Velocity are especially well adapted for directconnection to incremental encoder-sensors. These consist of a rotating disk with fine gradation inconjunction with optical scanning and possibly also with electric signal conditioning.

One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders. Dual track encoders (quadratureencoders) emit two signals offset by 90° of phase, the tracks A and B (C and D). By evaluating the phaseinformation between the A and B-track, the direction of turning can be determined. If the correspondingencoder type is selected, this functionality is supported.

The actual time or frequency information, however, is derived exclusively from the A(C) -track!

The measurement types Event, Frequency, and Time always are measured by one-track encoders, sincein these cases no evaluation of direction or sign would make any sense. The sensor must simply beconnected to the terminal for Track A (C).


Since many signal encoders require a supply voltage, +5V are provided at the connector socket for thispurpose (max. 300mA). The reference potential for this voltage, in other words the supply-groundconnection for the sensor, is CHASSIS.

For the older module INK4, this +5V supply voltage is not protected. It is the imc CRONOS-PLsystem-supply itself and should be protected with an external fuse.

4.3.12.5 Comparator conditioning (threshold, hysteresis)

The incremental encoder channels' special properties make special demands on the signal quality: Thevery high time-resolution of the detector or counter means that even extremely short impulses whichsampling measurement procedures (as at the digital inputs) would miss are captured and evaluated.Therefore the digital signals must have clean edges in order not to result in distorted measurements.Missed pulses or bounces could otherwise lead to drop-outs in the time measurements, or enormous"peaks" in the rpm-measurements.

Simple sensors such as those based on induction or photosensitive relays often emit only unconditionedanalog signals which must be evaluated in terms of a threshold value condition. Furthermore long cables,ground loops or interference, can make the processing of even conditioned encoder signals (such asTTL-levels) difficult. imc CRONOS-PL/SL, however, can counteract this using its special three-stepconditioning unit.

To begin with, a high-impedance differential amplifier (10V range, 100k) enables reliablemeasurement from a sensor even along a long cable, as well as effective suppression of common modeinterference and ground loops. A (configurable) filter (in preparation) at the next stage offers additionalsuppression of interference, adapted to the measurement set-up. Finally, a comparator with configurablethreshold and hysteresis acts as a digital detector. The (configurable) hysteresis is an extra tool forsuppressing noise:

VREF VHYST

INC(digital)

IN(analog)

IN > VREF+VHYST/2 IN < VREF-VHYST/2

If the analog signal exceeds the threshold VREF + VHYST/2. the digital signal changes its state ( : 0 1)and at the same time reduces the threshold which must be crossed in order to change the state back to 0by the amount VHYST (new threshold: VREF - VHYST/2). The magnitude of the hysteresis thereforerepresents the maximum level of noise and interference that would not cause a spurious transition.

The threshold VREF is set to 1.5V, the hysteresis VHYST is 0.5V.State transitions are therefore detected at the signal amplitudes:

1.75V ( 0 1 ) and 1.25V ( 1 0 ).

In future device versions, the threshold and hysteresis will be globally adjustable for all four channels withinthe range:

Threshold (VREF) =±10V Hysteresis (VHYST) =100mV .. 4V Requirement: (|VREF|+VHYST/2)<10V

Corner frequencies of the (2-pole) low-pass filter will be jointly configurable for both of a channel's tracks tothe values:

Low-pass filter: 200Hz, 2kHz, 20kHz or without (500kHz bandwidth)



Structure

Complete conditioning is provided for all 8 tracks of the 4 channels: for each channel, the two tracks (A andB or C and D) of a two-signal encoder can be connected, in which case the differential inputs of each pairof tracks share a common reference (neg. input).

Block schematic

GND

-INA

+INA

+5V

CHASSIS

GND

SENSOR

SUPPLY

POWER_GND

Ua

-Ua Filter

REF

HYST FREQ

COUNT +/-30V

9 tracks: IN1..4 X/Y, INDEX

cable sensor ENC-4

+IN_BY -IN A

Sensor TrackB

CHASSIS

CHASSIS

shielded cable

INC-inputs

Sensor TrackA

+IN_A

+ +

ground loop: common mode interference

INK-4

One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders. Dual track encoders (quadratureencoders) emit two signals offset by 90° of phase, the tracks A and B. By evaluating the phase informationbetween the A and B-track, the direction of turning can be determined. If the corresponding encoder type isselected, this functionality is supported. The actual time or frequency information, however, is derivedexclusively from the A-track!

Like the other channels, the Index-channel is fully conditioned. If its function is activated, it can take effecton all four channels. The DSUB-15 terminal sockets are each occupied by 2 channels. In order to preventaccidental short-circuiting due to incorrect wiring, the index-channel occupies only the second DSUB-15socket, together with Channels 1 and 2. The second socket, occupied by Channels 3 and 4, has no contactto the Index-channel at its corresponding pins! However, in the interest of uniformity, imc terminal plugs allare labeled ±INDEX!


4.3.12.6 Channel assignment



The condition for the input differential amplifier reaching the correct working point is that the sensor beground referenced, meaning that is has low impedance towards ground (GND, CHASSIS, PE). This is notto be confused with the sensor's common mode potential, which may be as much as ±30V (even for the –IN input!). This also applies if differential measurement is configured for the high-impedance differentialinput. If this galvanic contact to the system (CHASSIS) doesn't exist for an isolated sensor, such aconnection must be created, for instance as a jumper between GND (device) and the sensor'sPOWER_GND!

The 5V (max. 100mA, 300mA as option) supply voltage provided at the terminals "+5V, GND" can be usedto supply sensors. if a greater voltage or supply power is required, the sensor must be supplied externally,and you must make sure to provide a galvanic connection between this supply voltage and the systemground!

4.3.12.7 Connection

Each of the 4 incremental encoder channels has an A and a B-track (C and D) for connecting a two-signalencoder. If a one-signal encoder is used, it must be connected to the A-track and the positive B-track mustbe shorted with the negative B-track. If the index-input isn't used, the positive index channel must beshorted with the negative index-channel.

4.3.12.7.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor

Simple rotary encoder sensors are often designed as an Open-Collector stage:

GND

-INA

+INA

+5V

CHASSIS

+/-30V

cable sensor ENC-4

(SUPPLY)

POWER_GND

Ua

SIGNAL_GND

Commercially available rotary encoders are often equipped with differential line drivers, for instance as perthe EIA-standard RS422. These deliver a complementary (inverse) TTL-level signal for each track. Thesensor's data are evaluated differentially between the complementary outputs. The threshold to select is0V, since the differential evaluation results in a bipolar zero-symmetric signal: 3.8...5V (HIGH) or –3.8...-5V(LOW). Ground loops as pure common mode interference are suppressed to the greatest possible extent.

The illustration below shows the circuiting. The reflection response and thus the signal quality can befurther improved by using terminator resistors.


4.3.12.7.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers

GND

-INA

+INAa

+5V

CHASSIS

+/-30V

cable sensor ENC-4

(SUPPLY)

POWER_GND

Ua

-Ua

R_term RS422

4.3.12.7.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals

For a rotational encoder working with current signals, the current/ voltage terminal ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU can be used.

It is possible to power the sensor from the ENC-4 module. The pertinent specifications are:

max. supply current: 320 mA / module 160mA per DSUB-terminal.

typ. encoder with 11µAss signals:Heidenhain ROD 456, current c: max. 85mA per (2-signal) encoder

max. 2 sensors / connector can be supplied, but not 4!

213



4.3.13 HRENC-4 High Resolution Counter

For two-track sine signal generators

Besides including the technical equipment of an ENC-4 unit, the HRENC-4 also comes with analog analysiscapability. Normally, counters emit simple square-wave signals, whose pulse sequence is evaluatedaccording to certain criteria. In this case, it is adequate for the encoder’s input amplifier to clearly detect thepulses on the basis of either a HIGH or LOW voltage level.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/HRENC-4 .

Two-track sine/cosine signal generators output the pulse sequence as a continuous sine/cosine plot. TheHRENC is capable of converting the instantaneous sine/cosine tracks into the angle. This makes asubstantially increased resolution possible, which depends on the input amplifier’s resolution and on thesaturation degree of the input range.

Additionally, the HRENC converts the analog signals to digital values, used for determining the direction ofrotation and the discrete progress (complete periods).

track_1 track_2 Digital_1 Digital_2

-1.5

0.0

1.5V

2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6

ms

4.3.13.1 Settings in imcDevices

Besides the dialog elements familiar from ENC-4, the following settings options are available in the modeDisplacement(diff) and Angle(diff):

181


4.3.13.1.1 Input

Selection of the input voltage range: 1.5V and 10V

To achieve higher resolution, the input range should be utilized to the greatest extent possible.

4.3.13.1.2 Signalshape

The default selection Rectangle (digital) corresponds to the conventional functioning of the ENC-4. Sine(analog) activates conversion of the discrete instantaneous values.

Note

In analog operation, too, an appropriate value must be set for the hysteresis. This is required for conversionto a digital signal. An appropriate setting of the switching level is also important, since this is considered thesine/cosine-signal’s DC-component.

4.3.13.2 Functioning

A measurement

is taken of the sinusoidal generator signals (analog signals) at a high sampling rate and a resolution of 12bits. These signals are, on the one hand, converted to binary signals (pulses) according to the thresholdvalues set in the user interface (switching level with hysteresis), and on the other hand they are directlyprocessed to achieve a much higher generator resolution. This process makes use of the fact that theinformation content of an idealized, sine/cosine-shaped incremental encoder (counter) signal has anarbitrarily high resolution.

The sign is determined from the logical pattern of the generator signals converted to rectangular pulses.

At the moment of sampling (the sampling interval set in the user interface), the exact position (in thesine/cosine signal) is determined from the analog signals. The exact progress is then found on the basis ofthe pulse count, with consideration of the pulses’ signs, plus the difference between the sine curve’s exactpositions at the current sampling time and at the preceding sampling time.

This is performed at a resolution of 215 referenced to the maximum number of sinusoidal generator signalperiods within a sampling interval.

Example:

If a maximum of one period per sampling interval is to be expected (one pulse per sampling interval*)

), then 360° are subdivided into 215 angle increments of ≈0.011°. If a maximum of two periods persampling interval can occur (two pulses per sampling interval*)), then 720° are subdivided into 215

angle increments of ≈0.022°.

*) The maximum number of pulses per sampling interval is calculated as:Max. pulse frequency* sampling interval set

The maximum pulse frequency is calculated as:Scaling * maximum rotation speed or velocity.

4.3.13.3 Connection

ENC-4 and HRENC-4 use the ACC/DSUB-ENC4 .

The technical specification of the HRENC-4 .

220

181



4.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels

Each high-voltage channel comes with an isolated amplifier. This allows direct measurement of voltagesup to ± 600V (peak), according to protection class CAT II. The signal is connected via a safety bananajack directly on the device.

The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) is 25kHz.


Voltage: ±600V ... ±500mV in 10 different ranges

The inputs are DC-coupled and always have an input impedance of 1M. The differential response isachieved by the isolated circuiting.

4.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels

Current probe channels are non-isolated voltage channels designed for direct connection of isolatedcurrent probes. The connection sockets are 8-pin mini-DIN jacks for which fitting current probes can beobtained.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/HV-4I .



The non-isolated differential inputs are DC-coupled and always have an input impedance of 1M.

Any other voltage signals besides current probes can also be connected.


Current probes are compact, isolated sensors structured as clamps, and can be used to measure verylarge currents by simply encircling the current-bearing line, thus without needing to cut into the circuit.Active sensors need a voltage supply and convert the measured current into an equivalent voltage signal oftyp. ±3V to ±10V. For AC measurements, passive current probes are sufficient.

Configuration of the channel is always performed in voltage mode, since the current probe returns avoltage signal whose conversion ratio, which depends on the probe type, must be entered as a scalingvalue. The recommended available current probe, for instance, is scaled as follows: 100mV / A at max. 30A current and 3V output.

4.3.15.3 Supply voltage

Current probes typically are equipped with batteries. This is true for the type shipped with the device.But in addition, a symmetric supply voltage is available from each of the Mini-DIN8 sockets, thus making itpossible to supply the current probe from the device. Some manufacturers offer models which supportsupply from an external source. Since different manufacturers' probes need different supply voltages, aprogrammer-pin is provided. This pin is equipped with a variable (programmable) resistor by means ofwhich the voltage can be adjusted within the range ±1.5V to ±12.5V.

The supply outputs "± SUPPLY" are short-circuit protected and designed to bear max. 120mA perchannel (limit of short-circuit protection: typ. 200mA). The reference potential for both the supply and signalis the terminal "AGND".

184


Variable resistor for current probe supply voltage

Variable resistor :

R extern U extern

0,0 Ohm 1,5 V

100,0 Ohm 2,0 V

355,0 Ohm 3,0 V

650,0 Ohm 4,0 V

1,00 kOhm 5,0 V

1,42 kOhm 6,0 V

1,95 kOhm 7,0 V

2,25 kOhm 7,5 V

3,50 kOhm 9,0 V

4,70 kOhm 10,0 V 11,20 kOhm 12,5 V

U_ext

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15V

11·10 21·10 31·10 41·10 51·10

Ohm

Pin configuration Mini-DIN8 – current probe channels

Device socket Pin Signal Definition

1 +IN Signal-input

2 -IN Signal- input

3 -SUPPLY Negative supply voltage -2V..-12.5V

4 Reserved

5 PROG Programmable resistor for supply voltage(Jumper to Pin 8)

6 +SUPPLY Positive supply voltage +2V..+12.5V

7 reserved

8 AGND Signal and power GND

Housing CHASSIS shield

The current probes which ship with the device are equipped with isolated safety BNC sockets and comewith an adapter cable which accommodates the signal output to Mini-DIN8.

The probes come with batteries; the device's supply voltage isn't used.



4.3.16 HV-4U, HV-2U2I Voltage, current probe

4 differential analog inputs

The high voltage amplifier consists of one two-channel master module and one two-channel attachmentmodule which is configured for measurement of either voltage or current probe signals. Thus, a singleamplifier can acquire either four voltage signals or two voltage and current probe channels each.

The technical data of the CRPL/HV-2U2I .

4.3.16.1 High-voltage channels of the HV-module

The high-voltage channels are each equipped with an isolated amplifier. They enable direct measurementof voltages of up to ±1000V (peak values), in accordance with the protection class CAT III. CAT III is thehighest possible measurement category for utilization of the full 1000 V input range. The utilization isdetermined for each target system, and may not reach the maximum in some cases – refer to the technicaldata.

The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.

The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) is 6.5kHz.

The module HV-4U comes with four voltage measurement channels (safety banana jacks).

WARNING! Do not damage the safety seal!

Each high-voltage module of your imc CRONOS PL unit was inspected for compliance with thesafety guidelines per DIN EN 61010-1 prior to delivery, and subjected to a high-voltage test. Themodule is sealed after having passed these final tests.

If the safety seal is damaged, safe work cannot be ensured.

Any intervention, for instance temporary removal of the module, makes re-inspection for safety.

4.3.16.1.1 Voltage measurement

Voltage: ±1000V ... ±2.5V in 9 different ranges

The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2M. The differential response isachieved by means of the isolated configuration.

4.3.16.2 Current probe channels of the HV-module

Current probe channels are non-isolated voltage channels, which are configured for direct connection ofisolated current probes.

Those special channels for current probe and Rogowski-coils offer a measurement range from 250mV to5 V. The differential inputs are DC-coupled and show always an input impedance of 200 k. TheRogowski-coils can be connected directly.

Suitable current probe and Rogowski-coils can be delivered. These inputs can be used as normal voltagechannels also, provided that the signal is within the measurement range.

4.3.16.2.1 Voltage measurement


The non-isolated differential inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2M.

Besides measurement with current probes, any other voltage signals can also be connected.

185


4.3.16.2.2 Current measurement

Clamp current probes are compactly structured, electrically isolated sensors shaped like clamps, by whichcurrents can be measured simply by encircling the conducting wire, without interrupting the circuit. Thecurrent under investigation is converted to a proportional voltage signal. Active sensors such ascompensation transducers require their own power supply. In mist cases, this is already provided by abattery in the current probe.

Like clamp current probes, Rogowski coils enable contact-free measurement of current in a conductor bysimply encircling it. In contrast to active current probes, Rogowski coils don’t require a power supply, butthey can only measure AC-currents. To be exact, they measure the change in current, which makesintegration of the signal necessary.

In both application cases, configuration of the measurement channel according to the type used isnecessary. The current probes offered come this way.

Warning!The measurement inputs are high-impedance and are not intended for direct connection ofcurrent transducers.

Warning!The measurement signal can be accompanied by dangerous contact voltages. Please useonly safety plugs.

4.3.16.3 Connections

4.3.16.3.1 Voltages

For voltage measurements of up to 1000V (peak), safety banana jacks are provided.

The maximum permitted voltage toground depends on the measurementsite. See Chapter T to learn themeasurement category.

Only use connectors which areprotected on all sides against touch.

All the inputs are individually isolated.

The voltage channels are each equipped with isolated amplifiers. They enable direct measurement ofvoltages up to ± 1000 V (this values decreases the higher the measurement category is see thetechnical data).

The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.

The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) enables correct measurement of up to the 50th

harmonic.

The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance in the M range. The differentialresponse is achieved by means of the isolated configuration.



Note

To the extent possible, use symmetricconnection cables having separate leads for boththe measurement and reference voltages of eachline. Connect the leads for the reference voltage,if necessary, only at the measurement object.

4.3.16.3.2 Currents

Current measurement is achieved contact-freeCC bymeans of current probes. To connect these transducers,three-pin Phoenix sockets are provided. Only currentprobes fitted by imc with special terminals can beconnected. Connection resembles the illustrations below.

Current probe MN71 Current transducer AmpFLEX A100

The current probes recommended by imc cover the range for low currents (< 10A) and for medium to highcurrents (5...10kA). With probes having multiple input ranges, the input range set on the probe must alsobe correctly set by hand in the user’s interface.Both the amplitude- and phase response of the currentprobes provided by imc are measured prior to delivery and recorded in a TEDS. The HV is able to read thisinformation and to correct the signal accordingly.

Notes

If the current input range set in the user’s interface doesn’t match the probe’s, the current signal isscaled incorrectly. However, the device’s electronics are not in danger of damage.

Use only current probes provided by imc, or have your own current probes modified by our customerservice. Only then can error-free functioning be assured. imc will not accept responsibility fordisturbances or damage sustained by the device if unauthorized probes are used.

Whenever you connect a new current probe, read its TEDS information. This is the only way to ensurethat phase-independent quantities (e.g. power) are determined correctly. The TEDS data are recordedalong with the experiment and therefore need not be imported each time the same equipment isactivated.


4.3.16.3.3 Using transducers

Compensation of systematic transducer conversion errors isn’t possible, since these errors aren’t known. Ifthe transducer’s conversion uncertainty is specified, it often only pertains to the technical frequencies, sothat the error estimation for higher harmonics is difficult.

Note

The transducers’ amplitudes and angle errors influence the measurement results, which especially affectsthe measurement of power.

4.3.16.3.4 Rogowski coil

Transducers which work according to the principle of the Rogowski coil return a signal’s derivative. The HVis configured for this measurement type and returns an integrated signal in this case.

4.3.16.3.5 Pin configuration and cable wiring

Cable connection plug (without pod) – Current probe channels

Plug socket in imc CRONOS-PL Signal Definition

+ IN TEDS - IN +IN Signal input

-INSignal input /

Reference potential L or (PE)N

TEDS

Transducer Electronic Data Sheet

Enables recognition of the current probeconnected

Notes on the measurement setup

Measurement lines must be kept away from unshielded conductors, sharp edges, electromagnetic fieldsand other adverse environmental factors.

Measurement line for the voltage: The measurement line’s connection to the measurement objectmust be designed for the maximum occurring voltage. Before conducting the measurement, checkthe line leading to it in order to prevent the occurrence of dangerous touch voltages and shortcircuits. The use of flexible terminals makes special care necessary. It must be checked whetherthe mechanical connection is secure and what would happen if it is accidentally disconnected. Forincreased reliability, the lines should be secured at the measurement location. The fuse’s breakingcapacity must correspond to the expected error current at the measurement location.

Measurement line for the current: The current probes must be connected in a mechanically securemanner. The aim should be to orient it orthogonally to the current rail or lead. This appliesespecially to current measurement coils operating according to the Rogowski pronciple.

Measurement device: imc CRONOS-PL must be placed in such a way that no terminals can beaccidentally disconnected.



4.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage, current-fed sensor

8 differential analog inputs (ICP™-, DELTATRON®-, PIEZOTRON®-Sensors)

This model includes an internal ICP expansion, so that no external ICP-plug is necessary. Theinterconnections are of the type BNC. This means there is no possibility to measure current via the specialDSUB terminal.

The ICPU-8 supports TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet) as per IEEE 1451.4 Class I MixedMode Interface. According to this protocol, both TEDS data and analog signals are sent and received alongthe same line. The technical specification for ICPU-8 .

4.3.17.1 input coupling

20V

Mode: ICP

BNC

IN1..8

50R

R_in

range:<= 5V: 910k

0.37 Hz

R_in

4mA

Mode: AC

BNC

IN1..8

R_in

range:<= 10V: 910k >10V: 330k

R_in

0.37 Hz /1.0 Hz

Mode: DC

BNC

IN1..8

R_in

range:<= 10V: 10M >10V: 500k

R_in

Mode: AC single-end

BNC

IN1..8

50R

range:<= 10V: 910k >10V: 330kR

_in

0.37 Hz /1.0 Hz

Mode: DC single-end

BNC

IN1..8

50R

R_in

range:<= 10V: 10M >10V: 500k

NoteIn the settings mode Sensor with current feed, an open-circuit current-fed voltage of about 30V is presentat the BNC sockets, which can cause damage to other (non-current-fed) sensor types. For that reason, thismode should only be set for appropriate sensors.

It is assured that no current feed is active when the device is started. This state remains in effect until themeasurement is first prepared, no matter what is set in the user's interface.

152

189




In the voltage ranges 50 V and 20 V, a voltage divider is in operation; the resulting input impedance is 1M in DC mode and 0.67M in AC mode. In the voltage ranges ≤10 V, by contrast, the input impedanceis 20M in DC and 1.82M in AC mode. When the device is deactivated, it drops to about 1 M.

With the AC coupled ICP-measurement the DC voltage is suppressed by a high pass filter of 0.37Hz for allranges ≤ 10V. For the ranges ≥ 20V the low pass cut-off frequency is 1Hz. The input configuration isdifferential.


The voltage source itself alreadyis referenced to the device'sground. The voltage source is atthe same potential as the deviceground.

+in

-in

GND

+- U

e

Example: The measurement system is grounded. Thus, the input GND is at ground potential. If thevoltage source itself is also grounded, it is referenced to the device ground. It isn't any problem if, asit may be, the ground potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the deviceitself by a few degrees. The maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded.

Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contactGND in the device. Otherwise, a ground loop would result, through which interference could becoupled in.

In this case, a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed.


The voltage source itself has no referenceto the device's ground, but instead, itspotential floats freely compared to thedevice ground. If a ground referencecannot be established, it's also possible toconnect the negative signal input –IN to theground contact GND.

+in

-in

GND

+- U

e

Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.g. a battery) and whose contacts have noconnection to ground potential is measured. The measurement system is grounded.

Important: When –IN and GND are connected, be sure that the signal source's potential canactually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. If thesource can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all),there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier. If IN and GND are connected, a single endmeasurement is performed. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed.

4.3.17.2.3 Voltage measurement: With taring

With voltage measurement, it's possible to tare a zero offset to restore correct zero. For this purpose,select the menu item Settings _ Amplifiers (balance etc.)…, and on the screen's index card Common,under Balancing, select the option Tare for the desired channel. The input range correspondingly isreduced by the amount of the zero adjustment. If the initial offset is so large that it's not possible to adjust itby means of the device, a larger input range must be set.



4.3.17.3 Bandwidth

The channels' max. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10µs sampling interval). The analog bandwidth(without digital low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB). In AC mode the lower cut off frequency is 0.37Hz for allranges ≤ 10V, else 1Hz.

Technical specification of CRPL/ICPU-8 . 189


4.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage, current-fed sensor


This model includes an internal ICP expansion, so that no external ICP-plug is necessary. Theinterconnections are of the type BNC. This means there is no possibility to measure current via the specialDSUB terminal.

The ICPU-16 supports TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet) as per IEEE 1451.4 Class I MixedMode Interface. According to this protocol, both TEDS data and analog signals are sent and received alongthe same line. The technical specification of ICPU-16 .

4.3.18.1 Input coupling

see ICPU-8 .



The input impedance is 20M in DC and 1.82M in AC mode. When the device is deactivated, it drops toabout 1 M.

With the AC coupled ICP-measurement the DC voltage is suppressed by a high pass filter of 0.37Hz. Theinput configuration is differential.


See ICPU-8 .


See ICPU-8 .


See ICPU-8 .

4.3.18.3 Bandwidth

The channels' max. sampling rate is 20kSamples/s (50µs sampling interval). The analog bandwidth(without digital low-pass filtering) is 6,6kHz (-3dB). In AC mode the lower cut off frequency is 0.37Hz.

Technical specification of CRPL/ICPU-16 .

152

191

106

107

107

107

191



4.3.19 ISO2-8 Isolated voltage channels with current and temp. modes

Each of the module CRPL/ISO2-8's isolated voltage channels has its own isolated amplifier, operated inthe voltage mode.

Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug, temperature measurement andthe use of an ICP expansion plug are all provided for. The ISO2-8 supports TEDS (TransducerElectronic Data Sheet as per IEEE 1451.4)

The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) of the isolated voltage channels is 8kHz.

General remarks on isolated channels:

When using an isolated channel (with or without supply), one should make sure the common modepotential is "defined", one way or another: Using an isolated channel on an isolated signal source usuallydoes not make sense. The very high common mode input impedance of this isolated configuration (> 1GΩ)will easily pick up enormous common mode noise as well as possibly letting the common mode potentialdrift to high DC-level. These high levels of common-mode noise will not be completely rejected by theamplifier's common-mode (isolation-mode) rejection.

So, as a general rule: isolated amps should be used in environments where the common-mode level is highbut "well defined" in terms of a low (DC-) impedance towards (non-isolated) system ground (CHASSIS).

If, in turn, the signal source itself is isolated, it can be forced to a common-mode potential, which is thepotential of the measurement equipment. This is the case with a microphone: the non-isolated powersupply will force the common mode potential of the microphone and amp-input to system ground instead ofleaving it floating, which would make it susceptible to all kinds of noise and disturbance.

The technical specification of the CRPL/ISO2-8 .


Voltage: ±60V ... ±5V with divider

Voltage: ±2V ... ±50mV without divider

An internal pre-divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 0V to 5V. In this case, the differential inputimpedance is 1M, in all other ranges 10M. If the device is de-activated, the impedance is always 1M.

The inputs are DC-coupled. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated circuiting.

+IN

-IN

+SUPPLY

-SUPPLY

+ -

+-

+-

+IN

-IN

+SUPPLY

-SUPPLY

+ -

+-

+-

configuration for voltages < 5V configuration for voltages > 2V with internal divider

152

192



Current: ±40mA , ±20mA, ±10mA.,. ±1mA in 6 ranges

A special plug (order-code: ACC/DSUB-I4) with a built-in shunt (50 ) is needed for current measurement.Configuration is performed in voltage mode, whereby an appropriate scaling factor is entered in order foramperage values to be displayed (20mA/V = 1/50).

+IN

-IN

+SUPPLY

-SUPPLY

+ -

+-

10M

For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, inputs ranging only up to max. ±50mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's limitedpower dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.

Input stage block schematic

1M

Ω

20kΩ

+IN

-IN

Isolation

current measurement

rom-

voltage measuremen

t +IN

-IN

50 Ω

ACC/DSUB_I4 isolated voltage channel - 10 kHz

10M

Ω

4.3.19.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated)

The isolated voltage channels are also provided with a 5V supply voltage at the DSUB-15 connectorplugs, for external sensors or ICP-extension plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential isidentical to the non-isolated reference ground of the overall system.

These +5V supply outputs are each electronically protected inside from short-circuiting, against up to 160mA (limit of short circuit protection: 280mA). The reference potential, in other words the supply's groundconnection for the sensor, is the terminal GND.


The ISO2-8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustablesupply voltage for active sensors.


The technical specification of the CRPL/SUPPLY .216



4.3.19.5 Temperature-channels

The CRPL/ISO2-8 temperature channels are designed for direct connection of thermocouples and PT100-sensors (RTD, platinum-resistance thermometers). Any combination of both sensor types can be used;all common thermocouple types are supported along with their particular characteristic curves.

-IN

+I

10M

+IN

-I

+ --IN1

+I1

10M

+IN1

Rcable

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

Rcable

+

-

-I4

250 µA

-I3

+I4

+I3

-I2

-IN2

+IN2

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

-I1Rcable

Rcable +I2

10M

configuration for thermocouples configuration for two PT100 (RTD)

See also temperature measurement and thermo-plug .

The pin configuration of the DSUB15 plug .

40 41

220


4.3.20 LV-16 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module

The module LV-16 comes with 16 differential, non-isolated input channels which can be used formeasuring voltage. In addition, current measurement by means of a shunt plug and the use of anICP-expansion plug are provided for.

The module is built as a "scanner" which enables the maximum aggregate sampling rate of 320kHz to bedistributed among the amount of activated channels (up to 16). The maximum sampling rate for a singlechannel can extend up to 20kHz.

The channels each come with 5th order ("analog", fixed-configuration) anti-aliasing filters, whose cutofffrequency is 6.6kHz. This means that for a channel sampled at 20kHz, nearly aliasing-free measurement inthe sense of the Sampling Theorem is ensured.

For low channel sampling rates (esp. when many channels are active), appropriately adapted (digital)low-pass filter are implemented. This procedure then no longer stringently adheres to the condition for theSampling Theorem, since the cutoff frequency of the "primary" analog filter (6.6kHz) is not adapted to thelower channel sampling rate; however, the properties of this affordable module are perfectly adequate for anumber of applications.

Input ranges: ±250mV, ±1V, ±2.5V, ±10V

Analog bandwidth: 6.6kHz (-3dB)

Maximum aggregate sampling rate: 3 2 0kHz

High sampling rate per channel: 20 kHz for voltage channels

Impedance: 20MW differential

Supports imc Plug & Measure (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451))

Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug and the use of an ICP expansionplug are all provided for.

The technical specification of the CRPL/LV-16 .


Voltage ranges: ±250mV, ±1V, ±2.5V, ±10V

The input impedance is 10M referenced to system ground or 20M differential. The inputs areDC-coupled. The corresponding connection terminal is designated ACC/DSUB-U4


Current ranges: ±5mA, ±20mA, ±50mA

For current measurements, a special plug with a built-in shunt (50) is needed (order #: ACC/DSUB-I4).Configuration is carried out in the voltage mode, but an appropriate scaling factor is entered which allowsdirect display of current values (20mA/V = 1/50).

For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, input ranging only up to max. ±50mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt'slimited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.

195



4.3.20.3 External +5V supply voltage

At the DSUB-15 connector plugs, there is a 5V supply voltage available for external sensors or for theICP-expansion plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is identical to the overall system'sground reference.

The +5V supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short-circuiting and can each beloaded up to max. 160mA (short-circuit limiting: 200mA). The sensor's reference potential, in other wordsits supply-ground connection is the terminal "GND".


The LV-16 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustablesupply voltage for active sensors.



4.3.20.5 Pin configuration and cabling

The LV-16 module is normally equipped with four DSUB-15 plugs (4 channels / plug) and thus occupies 2module slots in the system.

Remark: In contrast to the normal configuration, in the DSUB-15 plugs belonging to the LV-16 model, Pin1is NOT connected to the device ground (CHASSIS), but to the DSUB-connector housing itself. When theimc terminal plug is used, this makes no difference, since in such cases the respective"CHASSIS"-terminals are connected appropriately. This must only be taken into account when usingpersonally assembled, commercially available DSUB-plugs (for example, for connecting the cableshielding).

For the pin configuration of the DSUB-15 plug see Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD) .

216

220


4.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage, current, sensor with current feed


The measurement inputs (non-isolated, differential amplifiers) are for voltage or current measurement. The15-pin DSUB plug ACC/DSUB-U4 enables voltage measurement on four channels. For measurement ofcurrent, the ACC/DSUB-I4, which comes with 50 shunts, must be used. In addition, the use of anICP-expansion plug ACC/DSUB-ICP4 is possible.

The LV2-8 supports TEDS ; the technical specification of the CRPL/LV2-8 .



In the voltage ranges 50 V and 20 V, a voltage divider is in operation; the resulting input impedance is 1M. In the voltage ranges 10 V to 5mV, by contrast, the input impedance is 20M. When the device isdeactivated, it drops to about 1 M.

The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.


The voltage source itselfalready is referenced to thedevice's ground. Thevoltage source is at thesame potential as thedevice ground.

+in

-in

GND

+- U

e

Example: The device is grounded. Thus, the input GND is at ground potential. If the voltage source itself isalso grounded, it is referenced to the device ground. It isn't any problem if, as it may be, the groundpotential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device itself by a few degrees. Themaximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded.

Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact GND inthe device. Otherwise, a ground loop would result, through which interference could be coupled in.

In this case, a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed.


The voltage source itself has noreference to the device's ground,but instead, its potential floatsfreely compared to the deviceground. If a ground referencecannot be established, it's alsopossible to connect the negativesignal input –IN to the groundcontact GND.

+in

-in

GND

+- Ue

Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.g. a battery) and whose contacts have noconnection to ground potential is measured. The measurement system is grounded.

152 197



Important: When –IN and GND are connected, be sure that the signal source's potential canactually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. If thesource can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all),there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier. If IN and GND are connected, a single endmeasurement is performed. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed.

4.3.21.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other, fixed potential

In the input ranges ≤20 V, thecommon mode voltage Ucm must

lie within the range 10 V. It isreduced by one-half of the inputvoltage.

+in

-in

GND

+- U

e

+- Ucm


With voltage measurement, it's possible to tare a zero offset to restore correct zero. For this purpose,select the menu item Settings Amplifiers (balance etc.)…, and on the screen's index card Common,under Balancing, select the option Tare for the desired channel. The input range correspondingly isreduced by the amount of the zero adjustment. If the initial offset is so large that it's not possible to adjust itby means of the device, a larger input range must be set.



For current measurement, the DSUBconnector ACC/DSUB-I4 must be used.This plug is not included in the standardLV2-8 package. It contains a 50 shunt. Inaddition, voltage can be measured via anexternally connected shunt. Theappropriate scaling must be set in the userinterface. The value 50 is only asuggestion. The resistance should besufficiently precise. Make not of the shunt'spower consumption.

+in

-in

GND

Rcable

Rcable

+

-50

In this configuration, too, the maximum common mode voltage must lie within the range ±10 V. This cangenerally only be assured if the current source is also already referenced to ground. If the current sourcehas no ground reference, there is a danger of the LV2-8 suffering unacceptably high overvoltage. It may benecessary to create a ground reference, for instance, by grounding the current source.

4.3.21.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug

A permanent 5V supply voltage for external sensors the ICP expansion plug is always available at theterminal sockets. This voltage source is referenced to the LV2-8 chassis and comes with the standardversion of LV2-8.



The LV2-8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustablesupply voltage for active sensors.



4.3.21.5 Bandwidth

The channels' max. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10µs sampling interval). The analog bandwidth(without digital low-pass filtering) is 1 4kHz (-3dB).

Technical specification CRPL/LV2-8 .

216

197



4.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage, current and temperature

Optical scanner for 16 isolated differential inputs

Parameter Value (typ. / max) Remarks, test conditions

Channels 16 4 x DSUB-15 with 4 channels each

Measurement modes Voltage ≤ 60V

Thermocouple, RTD (PT100)

Current

Standard connector (ACC/DSUB-U4)

Thermo connector (ACC/DSUB-T4)

Strom connector (ACC/DSUB-I4)

The OSC-16 has 16 isolated and differential input channels. The module has enhanced isolationproperties, with channel-to-channel isolation and common mode voltage of up to 60V (with a test voltage of300V).


Ideally for measurement with passiv sensors Optimal aliasing-free noise suppression of even 50Hz interference Supports imc Plug & Measure TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451)

The technical specification of the OSC-16 .

The choices for signals to connect include voltage, current, or any DIN-thermocouples or RTD (PT100).The amplifier enables direct connection of signals up to ±60V.

The OSC-16 is based on a scanner concept with block isolation, in which a multiplexer is combined with anisolated measuring amplifier. This scheme is very well suited to measure passive sensors. Application inconjunction witch active source and active temperature calibration devices in particular may imposeparticular limitations that are discussed in detail below.

4.3.22.1 Connection

The interconnections used are DSUB-15 terminals or thermocouple plugs type-K.

One DSUB-15 connector serves four signals. For voltage measurement, the imc terminal connectorACC/DSUB-U4 is recommended. The load resistor required for current measurement is built into the imcACC/DSUB-I4 connector. The imc thermo-connector ACC/DSUB-T4 ensures cold junction compensationfor thermocouples and enables PT100 measurement in four-wire configuration.

Each channel can be connected individually which means it's possible to connect a voltage, a temperatureand a current all via one terminal. This can result in certain limitations if, for instance, a currentmeasurement is carried out with a shunt connector and a temperature measurement with a thermocouple.Since these measurement types require a dedicated connector, usually only one measurement type can beperformed per DSUB.

In principle, it's possible to carry out both a voltage measurement and a thermocouple measurement usingthe same thermo-connector. Likewise, a PT100 measurement can be carried out using just a standardconnector or even a current plug, although doing this would prevent the convenient four-wire connectionscheme from being used.

To avoid crosstalk it is recommended to connect channels with high differences in level and frequency todifferent DSUB plugs. For example don't connect a thermocouple and a high level (digital) square signal tothe same DSUB plug.

To avoid crosstalk, which is typical for scanner systems, it is recommended to short circuit the inputs ofthe channel, which are not in use.

For the pin configuration of the DSUB-15 plug see Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD) .

152

199

220



60V... 50mVin eleven ranges

The (static) input impedance in the ranges ≤2V is 10M, otherwise 1M. The input configuration isdifferential and DC-coupled.

The standard connector is used for voltagemeasurement (ACC/DSUB-U4); the thermo-connector(ACC/DSUB-T4) is also supported.

The connection schemes for isolated and non-isolatedsignal sources are indistinguishable!


±40mA ... ±1mA in six rangesrelevant particularly for sensors with 0..20mA or4..20mA output

For current measurement, a shunt is built intothe imc shunt-plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)

For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, input ranging only up to max. ±50mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's limitedpower dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.


The input channels are designed for measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors (RTD,platinum resistance thermometers as per DIN and IEC 751). Any combinations of the two sensor types canbe connected.

4.3.22.4.1 Thermocouple measurement

The common thermocouple types make use oflinearization by characteristic curve.

The cold-junction compensation necessary forthermocouple measurements is built into the imcthermo-connector (ACC/DSUB-T4).



4.3.22.4.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement

-IN1

+I1

+IN1

Rcable

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

Rcable

+

-

-I4

250 µA

-I3

+I4

+I3

-I2

-IN2

+IN2

RTD(PT100)

Rcable

Rcable

-I1Rcable

Rcable +I210M

10M

Along with Along with thermocouples, PT100sensors can also be connected, in 4-wireconfiguration. An extra reference current sourcefeeds an entire chain of up to four seriallyconnected sensors.

The imc thermoplug has 4 contacts which areavailable for the purpose of 4-wire measurements.These current-supply contacts are internally wiredso that the reference current loop is automaticallyclosed when all four PT100 units are connected.This means that the–I contact of one channel isconnected to the +I contact of the next channel(see the sketch here). Therefore, for channels notconnected to a P100 sensor, a wire jumper mustbe used to connect the respective "+Ix" and "-Ix"contacts.

Normal DSUB-15 connectors don't come with these extra "auxiliary contacts" for 4-wire connections. Thismeans that you must take steps to ensure that the reference current flows through all PT100 units. Only"+I1" (DSUB(9), Terminal K1, "(RES.)") and "–I4" (DSUB(6), Terminal K10, "(GND)") are available as acontact or DSUB-15 pin, respectively. The connections "–I1 = +I2", "–I2 = +I3", and "–I3 = +I4" must bewired externally.

PT100 sensors are fed from the module and don’t have or even require an arbitrarily adjustable referencevoltage in the sense of an externally imposed common mode voltage. It is also not permissible to set oneup, for instance by grounding one of the four connection cables: the PT100 reference current source isreferenced to the device’s frame (CHASSIS), and is thus not isolated.

4.3.22.5 External sensor supply

4.3.22.5.1 Sensor supply standard (5V)

The OSC-16 is equipped with a none isolated 5V sensor supply. Each connector can be loaded by 250mWand 5W per module.

4.3.22.5.2 Sensor supply optional (2.5V-24V)

+-

-Supply

+Supply

Chassis

+in

-in

The module can optionally be equipped with a sensor supply.The supply is unipolar and is contacted at the DSUB-15terminals. The voltage can be set globally between 2,5V and24V and is valid for both terminals.

A bipolar supply voltage of 15V instead of the unipolar 15V isavailable upon request.

In the standard package, the sensor supply voltage is notisolated (to CHASSIS).

This is also recommendable in most cases: If an isolated, active sensor is both fed with an isolated supplyand measured with an isolated channel, then (due to isolation drift or capacitive interference coupling) anuncontrolled common mode voltage will emerge unless a common mode voltage is imposed from outside


(or, for instance, by targeted grounding) which may be too strong interference to suppress. Only if thesensor to be supplied with power is already affected with a common mode voltage due to the measurementsetup, or if the –SUPPLY return lines are already exposed to uncontrolled ground loops, an isolated sensorsupply may be advisable.

The supply voltage is set on a module-by-module basis and does not apply to all inputs.

Important: The settings are made via software interface. Make sure that the sensor supply is not set toohigh before connecting a sensor. Otherwise, both the sensor and the OSC-16 could suffer damage.

4.3.22.6 Scanner concept

The following is a discussion of data acquisition with multiplexers and the limitations associated with it. Thiswill include a contrast of conventional scanners (e.g. SC2-32) to systems working in the so-called Burstmode (e.g. OSC-16).

The OSC-16 is based on a scanner concept with block isolation, in which a multiplexer is combined with anisolated measuring amplifier. The switching matrix is implemented with optical relays, which offersenhanced isolation properties. The differential properties are achieved with a single isolated amplifier,which is driven to the respective common mode voltage of the connected source within every singlesampling cycle.

This common mode settling of the (block-) isolated scanner amplifier involves charging it’s isolatedcommon mode capacitance (C.iso) via the low impedance path “-IN” to isolated power ground(PWR_GND_iso) as well as charging the differential input capacitance. This process presents a certaindynamic load to the signal source. If the signal voltage is unaffected by such factors (e.g. in the case ofthermocouples, batteries, RTD, as well as sensors which are usually passive), there is practically nocompromising of the measurement in any typical applications, as the system insures that actual samplingtakes places after complete settling of this dynamic process. The maximum allowed source impedance(refer to the technical specs) which may not be exceeded is so high that it doesn't usually present anylimitations.

Due to this property, however, the module might not be perfectly suitable for signal sources which respond



to these dynamic feedback effects. This can apply to active sensors or calibrators with an active outputstage that incorporates a low-pass filter, or which respond to the dynamic load steps by either slowlydecaying or even oscillating.

Measuring extremely slow active sources at highest sampling rates might reveal such limitations, thoughonly in the most sensitive ranges, if ever. Measurement errors that change with samle rate could be anindicator for such phenomenons.

However, by far in most practical cases even active sources will not limit OSC performance, as the settlingtime provided for the sensor to respond to dynamic load is in the order of several hundred µs.

It is only in temperature mode that one has to account for a second dynamic issue in conjunction withsensor detection which is only implemented in this mode: To detect an open input or an interrupted signalwire, a dynamic burnout current source will feed pulses of 400µA into the source. This current pulses havedurations of up to several milliseconds and might therefore affect an active source more easily than thevery short dynamic charging currents of the scanning process.

But even in this case it is true that for longer sampling rates such settling artifact will increasingly besuppressed by the averaging filter and will eventually no longer be relevant.

For the above reasons it is not advisable to perform any parallel measurement on one single sensor orsignal node with both a OSC scanner channel and a second conventional “continuous” amplifier module.The continuous amplifier will monitor the complete dynamic settling processes of the connected scannerchannel and not only the precisely settled states, which will result in large artifacts (“noise”) and even errorsin a filtered signal, as the mean value of the transient spikes will not neccesarily cancel out!

Conventional scanner systems work at a fixed sampling rate, namely the highest rate at which switchingbetween channels takes place (fast scanning). If the sampling rate actually set is less than the maximumpossible data rate, then an average of multiple samples taken at the high sampling rate is computed(filtering).

The maximum sampling rate is substantially determined by the scanner's transients, i.e., the switchingtimes and the transients of pre-amps, of analog (and any digital) filters, and of ADCs.

Since the system's bandwidth must be quite high for the transients to subside within the intervalcorresponding to the "aggregate sampling rate", while on the other hand the channel-sampling rate is lowerby at least the factor n=channel count, the conditions for the Sampling Theorem will necessarily be violated.Aliasing effects which cannot be filtered out will result.

This dilemma, characteristic of scanner systems, can be significantly mitigated at least in the case of aflexibly configured, low-speed measurement (e.g. of temperature). For that purpose, the rigid samplingscheme is adapted in accordance with block-measurement and –averaging ("Burst-mode"). Thus,flexible adaptation of the scanner timing enables disturbance- and aliasing-free low-speed precisionmeasurement.

The Burst mode is based on making optimal use of the time spent while the signal experiences itstransients. Not only a single measurement of the selected channel is performed, but a block measurementover a period of time at least equally long or a multiple of the time period. By this means, the total cycletime is mostly used for data acquisition and no longer mainly taken up by the cumulative transient time.

The block measurement is performed by a high-speed analog/digital converter (ADC) having a data ratewhich is a multiple of the max. aggregate sampling rate. An anti-aliasing filter adapted to this data rateensures aliasing-free acquisition within the block. This block is then digitally filtered and becomes a datastream whose bandwidth is flawlessly limited and perfect for frequencies above the block filter's. This datastream is in turn "re-sampled" at the actually intended channel sampling rate. While it is true that thischannel rate is lower than the block-averaging filter's bandwidth, and that anti-aliasing effects couldtheoretically occur for that reason, the conditions are vastly less extreme than with “fast-scanning“: therange of possible aliasing errors is now limited to between one-half of the channel sampling rate and theblock filter's cutoff frequency. This range has a frequency ratio of approx. 14 to 28 (depending on themodule type), and, with the sampling rate suitably selected, it lies below the critical frequency ranges from 50Hz on, in which the relevant interference is expected.

This procedure thus has the advantage: Optimal aliasing-free noise suppression of even 50Hzinterference.

Note the following constraints: The block averaging time is not channel-specific. It is based on the smallest


sampling rate set within the module. All channels used, including ones not outputted directly but ratherused to calculate virtual channels, are instrumental! The procedure thus only provides advantages if allchannels are set to one low-speed sampling rate which determines the noise suppression properties.

In order to achieve a (seemingly) even better time resolution, the data stream of the resulting (“internal”)data rate is resampled again at a factor of 2 to 2.5; this means that corresponding intermediate values areinterpolated. The frequency ratio between this interpolated data rate, which is set in the user interface, andthe block-averaging filter’s cutoff frequency is about 1:20.

Scanner concept:

G

f

22 Hz filter20 ms burst

50 Hz Noise 6.1 kHzAAF

30 kHzsampleADC

15 kHzNyquist(ADC)

G

f

1 HzNyquist (k-Rate)

2 HzSample (k)

22 Hzfilter bandwidth

Aliasing:-> non relevant

no noise between1Hz .. 22Hz

Burst-measurement: 30 kSamples (Sigma-Delta ADC, BW 6.1 kHz): Aliasing-free!

Aliasing-free

band ofinterest

effective user channel rate (interpolated): 5 Hzinternal channel rate (non-interpolated): 2 Hz

Opto Scanner (OSC-16)

switch3 ms

K1

acquire20ms ... 80ms burst

K16

Channel-Rate :interpolation to:

Burst measurement(30 kSps)

Burst measurement(30 kSps)

switch3 ms

acquire20ms ... 80ms burst

time domain: burst mode

frequency domain: burst mode

500 ms/2.5 Hz ... 2000ms/0.5Hz200 ms/5 Hz ... 1000ms/1Hz



4.3.22.7 Filter

The signal passes through the following filter stages one at a time.

1. Hardware: Pre-filter for the ADC (analog-digital converter), which is a Sigma-Delta type device andrequires a relatively high-frequency, fixed-frequency low-pass filter: Low-pass 5kHz.

2. ADC: Low-pass decimation filter of the Sigma-Delta ADC. Its cutoff frequency is around 6kHz. Itscharacteristic is a 5rd order rectangular filter.

3. Noise suppression: The block-averaging filter used for noise suppression, whose configurationdepends on the sampling rate. See the table for the cutoff frequency. The cutoff frequency is muchhigher than a channel’s sampling frequency. The filter counteracts the aliasing and suppressesnoise and interference, although not in the sense of a perfect anti-aliasing filter. Depending on thesampling rate, this filter is configured as either a block averaging filter or a higher-order transversalfilter. At the highest sampling rates, this filter stage is omitted.

4.3.22.7.1 Filter for OSC-16

sampling rate filter cutoff :noise suppression

(-3dB)

filter-type filter cutoff:

synchronisation

(-3dB)

settling signal-bandwidth

(-1dB)

200ms / 5 Hz 22 Hz square --- 1s 1 Hz

500ms / 2 Hz 16 Hz triangle --- 2s 0.5 Hz

1s / 1 Hz 8 Hz triangle --- 4s 0.25 Hz


4.3.23 SC2-32 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module

The module SC2-32 comes with 32 differential, non-isolated input channels which can be used formeasuring voltage. In addition, current measurement by means of a shunt plug and the use of anICP-expansion plug are provided for.

The module is built as a "scanner" which enables the maximum aggregate sampling rate of 400kHz to bedistributed among the amount of activated channels (up to 32). The maximum sampling rate for a singlechannel can extend up to 100kHz.

The channels each come with 5th order ("analog", fixed-configuration) anti-aliasing filters, whose cutofffrequency is 28kHz (-3dB). This means that for a channel sampled at 100kHz, nearly aliasing-freemeasurement in the sense of the Sampling Theorem is ensured.

For low channel sampling rates (esp. when many channels are active), appropriately adapted (digital)low-pass filter are implemented. This procedure then no longer stringently adheres to the condition for theSampling Theorem, since the cutoff frequency of the "primary" analog filter (28kHz) is not adapted to thelower channel sampling rate; however, the properties of this affordable module are perfectly adequate for anumber of applications.

Input ranges: ±250mV, ±1V, ±2.5V, ±10V

Analog bandwidth: 28kHz (-3dB); 20kHz (-0.1dB)

Maximum aggregate sampling rate: 400kHz

High sampling rate per channel: 100 kHz for voltage channels

Impedance: 20MW differential

Supports imc Plug & Measure (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451))

Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug, temperature measurement andthe use of an ICP expansion plug are all provided for.

The technical specification of the CRPL/SC2-32 .


Voltage ranges: ±250mV, ±1V, ±2.5V, ±10V

The input impedance is 10M referenced to system ground or 20M differential. The inputs areDC-coupled. The corresponding connection terminal is designated ACC/DSUB-U4


Current ranges: ±5mA, ±20mA, ±50mA

For current measurements, a special plug with a built-in shunt (50) is needed (order #: ACC/DSUB-I4).Configuration is carried out in the voltage mode, but an appropriate scaling factor is entered which allowsdirect display of current values (20mA/V = 1/50).

For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, input ranging only up to max. ±50mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt'slimited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.

4.3.23.3 TEDS

The SC2-32 is supporting TEDS. The appropriate plugs are:for voltage ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4, for currentACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4 and for current feed sensors ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot.

(Unlike the ACC/DSUB-TEDS-ICP4 the ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot can't be set to voltage mode; the 4mAsource can't be switched off)

The DSUB 37-variant provides also the 5V-supply - but there is no 37-pin plug for TEDS or currentmeasurement.

202



4.3.23.4 External +5V supply voltage

At the DSUB-15 connector plugs, there is a 5V supply voltage available for external sensors or for theICP-expansion plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is identical to the overall system'sground reference.

The +5V supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short-circuiting and can each beloaded up to max. 160mA (short-circuit limiting: 200mA). The sensor's reference potential, in other wordsits supply-ground connection is the terminal "GND".


The SC2-32 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustablesupply voltage for active sensors.



4.3.23.6 Pin configuration and cabling

The SC2-32 module is normally equipped with eight DSUB-15 plugs (4 channels / plug) and thus occupies4 module slots in the system. In device models such as PL-3, a more compact module version is used,which occupies only 3 module slots, since in this case 16 channels are wired to a common DSUB-37 plug.In consequence, these 16 channels can't be used with imc terminal plugs, a shunt or ICP-expansion plugs!

In custom devices, modules having two DSUB-37 connections can also be used.

Remark: In contrast to the normal configuration, in the DSUB-15 plugs belonging to the SC2-32 model,Pin1 is NOT connected to the device ground (CHASSIS), but to the DSUB-connector housing itself. Whenthe imc terminal plug is used, this makes no difference, since in such cases the respective"CHASSIS"-terminals are connected appropriately. This must only be taken into account when usingpersonally assembled, commercially available DSUB-plugs (for example, for connecting the cableshielding).

216


4.3.24 SYNTH-8 Sythesizer: 8 analog outputs

General notes

The synthesizer is capable of outputting defined curve segments in sequence. The order of the curvesegments is determined by virtual bits or counter events. Thus, the synthesizer can output load profiles orother control signals. For the maximum data volume of all the segments, refer to the technical specs.

A maximum of two synthesizer modules can run within a device, into which the modules are retrofitted atfactory.

The technical specifications of the module CRPL/SYNTH-8 .

The module is fully supported by the operating software imcDevices. The signals can be generated byfunctions, or defined as arbitrary waveforms. The output can be controlled by means of conditions andevents. Since the data to be outputted are user-defined, the ability to save data is not provided. For detailson operation, refer to the manual imc_Cronos_PL-Synthesizer.

The output range is ±10V with a resolution of 16 bits. The per-channel bandwidth is 50 kHz, with anaggregate sampling rate limit of 160kHz.

At need, the output can be interrupted. For this purpose, the synthesizer comes with two digital inputs(TTL/CMOS). These are located directly on the board and can intervene in the output processindependently of the measurement.

The digital inputs and outputs are directly edited by the synthesizer and cannot be seen in either the triggermachine or OnlineFAMOS.

The module is connected via two 15-pin DSUB terminals for four channels each (CRPL/DSUB-SYNTH).

204



4.3.25 UNI-8 Voltage, current, temp. and bridge

8 universal-channels - non-isolated

Parameter Value (typ. / max) Test conditions

Inputs 8

Measurementmodes:


current fed sensors

voltage measurements withadjustable supply

current measurement

thermocouples

thermocouples, isolated

temperature sensor PT100

bridge-sensor


(ICP™-, DELTATRON®-, PIEZOTRON®-Sensors)with imc plug ACC/DSUB-ICP2.

with shunt-plug ACC/DSUB-I2 or single-ended

the thermocouple has no low-impedanceconnection to the device ground.

To supply external sensors or bridges the module is equipped with a sensor supply module .


Flexible usage to record up to eight different channels One amplifier for most relevant measurement types The UNI-8 supports imc Plug & Measure TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE

1451)

The eight measurement inputs connected by four DSUB plugs (ACC/DSUB-UN2) with two channels eachare for voltage, current, bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. In addition the use of anICP-expansion plug are provided for. They are non-isolated differential amplifiers. They share acommon voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.

The technical specification of the CRPL/UNI-8 .


Voltage ±50V... ±5mV

DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2

Within the voltage ranges ±50V and ±20V, a voltage divider is in effect; the resulting input impedance is 1M. By contrast, in the voltage ranges ±10V and ±5mV, the input impedance is 20M. For the deactivateddevice, the value is approx. 1M.

In the input ranges <20 V, the common mode voltage must lie within the 10 V range. The range isreduced by half of the input voltage. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.

141

152

205



The voltage source itself already has aconnection to the device's ground. Thepotential difference between the voltage sourceand the device ground must be fixed.

Example: The device is grounded. Thus, theinput GND is also at ground potential. If thevoltage source itself is also grounded, it'sreferenced to the device ground. It doesn'tmatter if the ground potential at the voltagesource is slightly different from that of thedevice itself. But the maximum allowedcommon mode voltage must not be exceeded.

Important: In this case, the negative signalinput -IN may not be connected with the deviceground GND. Connecting them would cause aground loop through which interference couldbe coupled in.

In this case, a genuine differential (but notisolated!) measurement is carried out.

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+- U

e


+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+- U

e

The voltage source itself is not referenced to the amplifierground but is instead isolated from it. In this case, a groundreference must be established. One way to do this is to groundthe voltage source itself. Then it is possible to proceed as for"Voltage source with ground reference". Here, too, themeasurement is differential. It is also possible to make aconnection between the negative signal input and the deviceground, in other words to connect -IN and GND.

Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured, forinstance a battery whose contacts have no connection toground. The device module is grounded.

Important: If -IN and GND are connected, care must be takenthat the potential difference between the signal source and thedevice doesn't cause a significant compensation current. If thesource's potential can't be adjusted (because it has a fixed,overlooked reference), there is a danger of damaging ordestroying the amplifier. If -IN and GND are connected, then inpractice a single-end measurement is performed. This is noproblem if there was no ground reference beforehand.



4.3.25.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+- U

e

+- Ucm

For measurement ranges <20 V the common mode voltage(Ucm) has to be less than 10 V. It is reduced by ½ inputvoltage.

Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at apotential of 120V to ground. The system itself is grounded.Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted,measurement is not possible. Also, the input voltage differenceto the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed.For such a task, the amplifier cannot be used!

4.3.25.1.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare)

In voltage measurement, it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. For such cases, usethe operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desiredchannel. The input range will be reduced by the initial offset. If the initial offset is too large for compensationby the device, a larger input range must be set.

4.3.25.2 Current-fed sensors

For measurement of current-fed sensors, e.g. ICPs, the special connector ACC/DSUB-ICP2 is required.

NoteThis mode is not possible, if one channel is set to measure thermocouples.



4.3.25.3.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement


DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-I2

That connector comes with a 50 shunt andis not included with the standard package. Itis also possible to measure a voltage via anexternally connected shunt. Appropriatescaling must be set in the user interface. Thevalue 50 is just a suggestion. The resistorneeds an adequate level of precision. Payattention to the shunt's power consumption.

The maximum common mode voltage mustbe in the range ±10 V for this circuit, too. Thiscan generally only be ensured if the currentsource itself already is referenced to ground.If the current source is ungrounded a dangerof exceeding the maximum allowedovervoltage for the amplifier exists. Thecurrent source may need to be referenced tothe ground, for example by being grounded.

+in

+V Supply

GND

Rcable

Rcable

sense

+I; 1/4Bridge

+

-50

-in

Because this procedure is a voltage measurement of the shunt, the channel has to be configured inimcDevices as a voltage measurement. The scaling factor is 1/R and the unit has to be A.

The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified voltage via Pins +VSupply and GND.

4.3.25.3.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement

Current: ±50mA ... ±2mA DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2

In this circuit, the current to bemeasured flows through the internal 120 shunt. Note that here, the terminalGND is simultaneously the amplifierground. Thus, the measurement carriedout is single-end or ground referenced.The potential of the current source itselfmay be brought into line with that of theamplifier’s ground. In that case, be surethat the unit itself is grounded.

In the settings interface, set themeasurement mode to Current.

Note that the jumper between +IN and+I; ¼Bridge should be connected right to

+I; ¼Bridge inside the DSUB-Plug.

Note

In case the amplifier is of the 350variety, ground referenced currentmeasurement is not possible!

A UNI-8 with ±15V sensor supply(optional) ground referenced currentmeasurement is not possible. The pin I;¼Bridge is used as –15V pin.

+in

-in

+V Supply

GND

Rcable

Rcable

-sense

+I; 1/4Bridge

+

-120



4.3.25.3.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply


E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA.

+in

-in

+V Supply

I; 1/4Bridge

GND

Rcable

Rcable

sense

Sensor4..20mA

120

Transducers which translate thephysical measurement quantity intotheir own current consumption andwhich allow variable supply voltagescan be configured in a two-wirecircuit. In this case, the device has itsown power supply and measures thecurrent signal.

In the settings dialog on the indexcard Universal amplifiers/ General, asupply voltage is set for the sensors,usually 24V. The channels must beconfigured for Current measurement.

The sensor is supplied with power viaTerminals +V Supply and +I; ¼Bridge.

The signal is measured by the unitbetween +IN and GND. For thisreason, a wire jumper must bepositioned between Pins A and +I; ¼

Bridge inside the connector pod.

Note

There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of120 which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of thetransducer (2.4V = 120 * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage issufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.

In case the amplifier has been ordered as 350 variant, this mode is not possible!


4.3.25.4 Bridge measurement


Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges.

The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurementbridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., fora bridge voltage setting of VB = 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5V and Pin D at -VB = 0V. The terminal–VB issimultaneously the device's ground reference.

Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available:

Bridge measurement [V] Input ranges [mV/V]

10 1000 ... 0,5

5 1000 ... 1

Fundamentally, the following holds:

For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are theabsolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and driftquality. The limits for this are determined by the maximum available current from the source and by thedissipation in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)

For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5 mV/V ... 0,5mV/V are particularly relevant.

There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max.1 V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V.

Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Straingauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, wherequarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.

Note

We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest inputrange. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in ashunt calibration!

4.3.25.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge

+in

-in

+VB

I; 1/4Bridge

-VB

Rcable

Rcable

sense

VB

A full bridge has four resistors, which can be fourcorrespondingly configured strain gauges or onecomplete sensor which is a full sensor internally. Thefull bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (+VB and -VB) serve supply purposes, two other leads (+IN and -IN) capture the differential voltage. The 5th

lead (Sense) is the Sense lead for the lower supplyterminal, which is used to determine the single-sidedvoltage drop along the supply line. Assuming that theother supply cable (+VB) has the same impedance andthus produces the same voltage drop, no 6th lead isneeded. The Sense lead makes it possible to infer themeasurement bridge's true supply voltage, in order toobtain a very exact measurement value in mV/V.



Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. Thisdetermines the maximum possible cable length.

If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead isnegligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however,Sense and -VB must be jumpered. Pin Sense must never be unconnected!

4.3.25.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge

I; 1/4Bridge

+in

-in

+VB

-VB

Rcable

Rcable

sense

int.halfbridge

VB

A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in acircuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge,or a potentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4terminals to connect. For information on the effect anduse of the Sense lead, see the description of the fullbridge.

The amplifier internally completes the full bridge itself,so that the differential amplifier is working with a fullbridge.

4.3.25.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge

+in

-in

+VB

-VB

120

Rcable

Rcable

quarterbridge

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

VB

int.halfbridge

A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whosenominal value can be 120.

For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridgesupply.

The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to the descriptionof the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead. However, with thequarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to +IN and Sense jointly.

If the sensor supply is equipped with the option “±15V”, aquarter bridge measurement is not possible. The pin I_1/4B forthe quarter bridge completion is used for–15V instead.

4.3.25.4.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option

A built-in 120 Ohm completion resistor comes standard for bridge measurements. A 350 Ohm completionresistor for quarter bridge measurements is also possible. When using this option, the scope of functionalityis limited:

no direct current measurement with the included standard connectors ACC/DSUB-UNI2 is possible,but only with the optional connector ACC/DSUB-I2 having a 50 Ohm shunt (differential measurement);

no Pt100 3-line measurement is possible, but 4-line measurement is still possible.


4.3.25.4.4 General notes

The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance, which would otherwiseproduce noticeable measurement errors. If there are no Sense lines, then SENSE must be connected inthe terminal plug according to the sketches above.

Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) where the ratio of bridge supplyinput to bridge output is analyzed (typically in the 0.1% range, corresponding to 1mV/V). Calibration of thesystem in this case pertains to this ratio, the bridge input range, and takes into account the momentarymagnitude of the supply. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude is not relevant andneed not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy.

The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 14kHz (-3dB).

Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge, for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the straingauge in its rest state, must be zero-balanced (tare). Such an unbalance can be many times the inputrange (bridge balancing). If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device, a larger inputrange must be set.

Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing

(VB = 5V) [mV/V]

Bridge balancing

(VB = 10V) [mV/V]

1000 500 150

500 100 250

200 100 50

100 15 50

50 15 7

20 3 7

10 10 15

5 10 5

2 3 5

1 4 5

4.3.25.4.5 Balancing and shunt calibration

The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):

Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. If this option is selected, all thebridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.

Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab.

In shunt calibration, the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59.8kΩ or 174.66kΩ shunt. The resultsare:

Bridge resistance 120Ω 350Ω

59.8kΩ174.7kΩ

0.5008mV/V0.171mV/V

1.458mV/V 0.5005mV/V

The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement modewith zero-balancing.





The module's channels are designed for direct measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors.Any combinations of the two sensor types can be connected.

Note on making settings with imcDevicesA temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physicaltemperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. The characteristic curve is selected from theBase page of the imcDevices configuration dialog. Amplifiers which enable bridge measurement, must firstbe set to Voltage mode (DC), in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be available on the Basepage.

4.3.25.5.1 Thermocouple measurement

The cold junction compensation necessary for thermocouple measurement is built-in.

In the imc connector ACC/DSUB-UNI2, the cold junction is located directly under the clampterminal strip and is measured automatically.

For connection with ITT VEAM plugs, the module comes with the appropriate PT1000 resistors formeasuring the junction temperature. Note, however, that these resistors are not installed in theplugs themselves but on the housing, so that they are actually at some distance from the realcontact point. This point's exact location is where the thermo-wires meet the electric contacts in theplug, basically where they are soldered or crimped. Since the temperature sensor PT1000 and thecontact point are separated in space, their temperatures can also diverge. This temperaturedifference can also lead to measurement errors. However, situations do exist where themeasurement results are valid; for example, inside a switch cabinet where the temperatureprocesses are stabilized, the internal cold junction compensation is in practice adequate.

However, if the temperature processes in the device’s environment are not stable, a Pt100 in theconnector is absolutely necessary. This is certainly the case if:

there is a draught

if the module is used on-board a vehicle

if cables with terminals of different temperature are connected

if the ambient temperature is fluctuating

whenever reliable and precise measurement is required.

The following circuit diagrams reflect each of the varieties with and without Pt100 in the connector. Westrongly recommend using a Pt100 in the connector for all thermocouple measurements. When usingDSUB plugs, the wiring is established already by the imc thermo-plug.


4.3.25.5.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference

The thermocouple is mounted in such a way that it already is in electrical contact with the device ground /chassis. The thermocouple is connected for differential measurement.

+in

-in

V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+in

-in

V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

PT100

The thermocouple itself already is referenced to the device ground. This is ensured by attaching thethermocouple to a grounded metal body, for instance. Since the unit is grounded itself, the necessaryground reference exists.

It is not a problem if the ground potential at the thermocouple differs from that of the device units by a fewvolts. However, the maximum allowed common mode voltage may not be exceeded.

Note

In imcDevices software Settings - Configuration... - Amplifier the option Isolated thermo couple mustbe deactivated. This option is visible in coupling DC only.

The negative signal input -IN may not be connected to amplifier ground point GND. Connecting themwould cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in.



4.3.25.5.1.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground reference

+in

-in

V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

C

A

B

F

G

D

+in

-in

V Supply

GND

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

C

A

B

F

G

D

PT100

The thermocouple is mounted so as to be isolated from the module's ground/chassis. The thermocouple'sconnection is differential, but the module itself supplies the necessary ground reference internally.

The thermocouple itself is not referenced to the module's ground, but is instead isolated from it. This isachieved by sticking the thermocouple on to non-conducting material.

In this measurement mode, the unit itself provides the ground reference by having Terminals -IN and GNDconnected internally. Then a measurement which is practically single-ended (ground-referenced) isperformed. There is no disadvantage to this if there was no ground reference previously.

Note

In imcDevices software Settings - Configuration... - Amplifier the option Isolated thermo couplemust be activated (default). This option is visible in coupling DC only.

A description of the available thermocouples .When using thermocouples, the ICP-supply is nolonger available.

4.3.25.5.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement


Pt100. RTD, platinum resistor thermometer. Along with thermocouples, PT100 can be connected directly in 4-wire-configuration. The 4-wire measurement returns more precisely results since it does not requirethe resistances of both leads which carry supply current to have the same magnitude and drift. Eachsensor is fed by its own current source with approx. 1.2mA.

40


4.3.25.5.2.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration

+in

-in

+V Supply

GNDRcable

RTD(PT100)

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

+

-

Rcable

Rcable

Rcable

The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The other two serve asSense-leads. By using the Sense-leads, the voltage at the resistoritself can be determined precisely. The voltage drop along theconducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error.

The Sense-leads carry practically no current.

The 4-wire configuration is the most precise way to measure with aPt100. The module performs a genuine differential measurement.


Use the software to set a Pt100 4-wire configuration, because the connection is made in the same way asfor the 4-wire case. The difference is that +IN/SENSE and –IN/GND must be jumpered inside theconnector. Note that the total cable resistance contributes to measurement error, and that this method isthe most imprecise and not to be recommended.


+in

-in

+V Supply

GNDRcable

RTD(PT100)

sense

I; 1/4Bridge

C

A

B

F

G

D

+

-

Rcable

Rcable

The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The other one serve assense-lead. By using the Sense-lead, the voltage at the resistoritself can be determined precisely. The voltage drop along theconducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error.

The Sense-leads carry practically no current.

It is important, that the connection between +IN to Sense and -INto GND (-VB) is made directly at the module.

3-wire configuration is not always as precise as 4-wireconfiguration. When in doubt, 4-wire configuration is preferable.



4.3.25.5.2.4 Open sensor detection

The amplifier comes with the ability to recognize breakage in the sensor lines.

Thermocouple: If at least one of the thermocouple's two lines breaks, then within a short time (only a fewsamples), the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range ina defined pattern. The actual value reached depends on the particular thermocouple. In the case of Type Kthermocouples, this is around 270°C. If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance, e.g.Is the measured value < -265°C, then it's possible to conclude that the sensor is broken, unless suchtemperatures could really occur at the measurement location.

The open sensor detection is also triggered if a channel is parameterized for "Thermocouple" andmeasurement starts without any thermocouple being connected. If a thermocouple is later connected afterall, it would take the period of a few measurement samples for transients in the module's filter to subsideand the correct temperature to be indicated. Note also in this context that any thermocouple cable'sconnector which is recently plugged into the amplifier is unlikely to be at the same temperature as themodule. Once the connection is made, the temperatures begin to assimilate. Within this phase, the Pt100built into the connector may not be able to indicate the real junction temperature exactly. This usually takessome minutes to happen.

RTD/PT100: If the leads to the PT100 are broken, then within a short time (only a few samples), themeasurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range. If the system ismonitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance, e.g. Is the measured value < -195°C, then it's possible toconclude that the sensor is broken, unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurementlocation. In case of a short-circuit, the nominal value returned is also that low.

In this context, note that in a 4-wire measurement a large variety of combinations of broken and shortedleads are possible. Many of these combinations, especially ones with a broken Sense lead, will not returnthe default value stated.

4.3.25.6 Sensors requiring adjustment of their supply


+in

-in

V Supply

I; 1/4Bridge

GND

Rcable

Rcable

sense

NIPPONDENSO

This applies especially to Nippondensopressure sensors, for instance.

If a sensor's supply must not besusceptible to voltage drop along thesupply cable, it can be adjusted by thedevice. The option Adjust control asper: in the settings interface's dialogUniversal amplifiers / General must beselected.

If the resistors in the feed lines areequal, the supply voltage is adjusted atthe sensor – the voltage drop along thecable is compensated.

The sensor is supplied via Terminals VSupply and GND. The sensor returns the measurement signal inreference to its own ground.

UNI-8 makes a differential measurement of the signal between +IN and -IN.

Note that there must be a jumper between Pins -IN and Sense. The Sense connection serves to measurethe voltage drop at the lower voltage feed line.

Adjustment can only be activated for either 5V or 10V supply. It can only compensate up to 0.5V for the


supply and return lines together. This means that UNI-8's internal voltage source can deliver a maximum of0.5V more voltage.

Adjustment works slowly (with a time constant of some seconds) in order to compensate a static voltagedrop.

4.3.25.7 Sensor supply module

The module is enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable supplyvoltage for active sensors.


The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. The voltage selected is alsothe supply for the measurement bridges. If a value other than 5V or 10 V is set, bridge measurement is nolonger possible!


4.3.25.8 Bandwidth

The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10µs (100kHz). The analog bandwidth (without digitallow-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB).

4.3.25.9 Connectors: DSUB-15 plugs

The UNI-8 module is normally equipped with four DSUB-15 plugs (two channels / plug) and thus occupiestwo module slots in the system.

The pin configuration of the DSUB plug .

+IN

-IN

sensor

shield

CHASSIS

shielded cablemeasurement channel

AGND

216

220



4.4 Miscellaneous

4.4.1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels

4.4.1.1 ICP-Sensors

The ICP-channels are specially designed for the use of current-fed sensors in 2-wire-configuration.This sensor type is fed with a constant current of typically 4mA and delivers a voltage-signal consisting of aDC-component (typ. +12V) superimposed with an AC-signal (max. 5V).

ICP-sensors are typically employed in vibration and solid-borne sound measurements and are offered byvarious manufacturers as solid-borne sound microphones or accelerometers under different(trademarked) product names, such as:

PCB: ICP-Sensor, KISTLER: Piezotron-Sensor, Brüel&Kjaer: DeltaTron-Sensor.

The commonly used name ICP (Integrated Circuit Piezoelectric) is actually a registered trademark of theAmerican manufacturer "PCB Piecotronics".

The technical specification of the module ACC/DSUB-ICP4 .

4.4.1.2 Feed current

The exact magnitude of the supply current is irrelevant for the measurement's precision. Values of 2mAtend to be adequate. Only in the case of very high bandwidth and amplitude signals in conjunction with verylong cables, supply currents may be a concern, as considerable currents are need to dynamically chargethe capacitive load of the cable.

dynam. current headroom: cable capacity (typ. coax-cable):max. signal slew rate (full-power):

I = 2mAC = l * 100pF/mdU/dt = 5V * 2*PI*25kHz

max. cable length: l_max = 2mA / (100pF/m * 5V * 2*PI*25kHz) = 25m

Up to a max. cable length of 25m, no limitations are to be expected as long as the above conditions arefulfilled.

212


4.4.1.3 ICP-Expansion plug

As a special accessory for voltage channels, an ICP expansion plug is available. This can be used todirectly connect current-fed ICP-sensors also at voltage channels.

4-channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP4) are availablefor the following conditioning modules:

CRPL/SC2-32, CRPL/LV-8, CRPL/ISO2-8

2- channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP2) are availablefor the following conditioning modules:

CRPL/BR-4, CRPL/DCB-8, CRPL/UNI-8

This (active) expansion plug having the same dimensions as the imc DSUB-plug, comes with additionalconditioning equipment built into its housing and having the following features:

individual current sources for the current-fed ICP-sensors

per source: 4.2mA (typ.), voltage swing: max. 25V

differential AC-coupling to block the signal's DC-component (approx. +12V) typical with ICP.

each channel can be switched to current-fed ICP measurement (AC-coupled) or DC-coupled voltagemeasurement.

4.4.1.4 Configuration

Block schematic: Potential relationships

+ICP

+27V

-ICP

AGND

+/- 5V ...+/- 250mV"DC-coupling"

+

-

ICP-Sensor

shielded cable

CHASSIS

+IN

-IN

AGND

DC / DC

+5V

GND

CRONOS Voltage channelICP-Expansion plug

see

text

see

text

4 mA

no isolationcommon sensor

AGND

Groundloop common mode interference

Bridge for ungroundedsensors

100

CHASSIS

AGND

Switch position ICP:

The AC-coupling is already provided by the ICP-plug, the voltage channel is DC-coupled.

The input range must be adapted to the signal's AC-component, it can be adjusted within the rangebetween

5V ... 250mV

The combination of the built-in coupling capacitor (2 x 220nF corresponding to 110nF diff.) with theimpedance of the ICP-plug (2M diff.) and the input impedance constitutes a high-pass filter. Whenconnecting the plug or sensor, be aware of the transients experienced by this high-pass filter, causedby the sensor's DC-offset (typ. +12V). It is necessary to wait until this phenomenon decays and themeasured signal is offset-free!

When the ICP-expansion plug is used, a considerable offset can occur (in spite of AC-coupling), whichcan be traced to the (DC-) input currents in conjunction with the voltage amplifier's DC input impedance.This remainder, too, can be compensated by high-pass filtering with Online FAMOS.



Switch position Volt:

The voltage channel is DC-coupled, the current source de-coupled.

The voltage channel's input impedance is reduced by parallel connection with the ICP-plug'simpedance.

The following table provides an overview of the modules compatible with the ICP-plugs.The voltage amplifiers' different input impedance values (with / without input divider) depend on the voltagerange selected. The resulting high-pass cutoff frequencies and the time necessary for the 12V-offset todecay to 10µV are shown.

Module Range diff. R_in Result impedance tau fg Settling (10µV)

LV-8 ≥ ±25V 2M 1. 0M 11ms 1.4Hz 1.5s

≤ ±10V 20M 1. 2M 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s

ISO2-8 ≥ ±5V 1 M 0. 7M 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s

≤ ±2V 10M 1. 7M 18ms 0.9 Hz 2.6s

SC2-32 all 20M 1. 2M 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s

BR-4 ≥ ±5V 1 M 0. 7M 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s

≤ ±2V 20M 1. 2M 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s

UNI-8 ≥ ±20V 1 M 0. 7M 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s

≤ ±10V 20M 1. 2M 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s

DCB-8 all 20M 1. 2M 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s

In terms of the shielding and grounding of the connected ICP-sensors, note:

We recommend using multicore, shielded cable, where the shielding (at the plug) is connected to theplug "CHASSIS", or can be connected to the pull-relief brace in the plug.

The section on ICP-channels within this chapter provides further information on ICP-sensors and hints onapplications.


4.4.1.4.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs

-in1

+in2

-in2

+in3

+in1

+pwr

-in3

+in4

-in4

-pwr

Sensor

4 x 3,8 mA

CHASSIS

Signal ground

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Terminalnumbers

DSUB-15 Pins

8

7

14

13

5

4

11

2

10

ICP

ICP

ICP

ICP

17

18

13

14

15

16 1

+5V

100R

100R

100R

100R

+ICP1

-ICP1

+ICP2

-ICP2

+ICP3

-ICP3

+ICP4

-ICP4

CHASSIS

CHASSIS

CHASSIS

CHASSIS

AGND

AGND



4.4.2 ACC/DSUB-ESD Expansion plug

Adapter connector for UNI-8 and BR-4, for suppression of disturbance on the measurement linecaused by electrostatic discharge

Electrostatic discharge can cause the functioning of the amplifiers to be compromised. When using themeasurement device in an environment where electrostatic discharge is likely, action should be taken tomitigate the problem (grounding, prevention of static, etc.). Unfortunately, these action are of limitedeffectiveness if the disturbance must be discharged via the measurement lines.

The connector adapter ACC/DSUB-ESD is able to attenuate the electrostatic discharge by means ofchoking coils, or to drain it off via gas diodes. The adapter is connected ahead of the measurementamplifier. The pin configurations match 1:1.

The adapter is only designed for the modules BR-4 and UNI-8.

When using the connector adapter with UNI-8, the bridge voltage may only have a maximum of 5V.Otherwise, irreparable damage to the connector adapter can result.

The technical specification of the ACC/DSUB-ESD 213


4.4.3 imc Display

Overview

The imc display enables interaction between the user and a running measurement process by postingread-outs of system states and allowing parameter adjustments via the membrane touch panel.

If the measurement device is prepared for opening a particular configuration upon being activated, it’spossible to carry out the measurement without any PC. The display serves as a convenient status indicatorand can replace or supplement imcDevices for process control purposes. It works even where no PC ordisplay unit normally could, for example at temperatures of -20°C or +70°C.

The Display can be connected or disconnected at any time without disturbing a running measurement. Thismakes it possible, for instance, to check the status of multiple running devices in succession.

The Display’s interaction with the measurement device is handled by means of virtual Display variables orbits, which can either be evaluated for the purpose of status indication or set in order to affect themeasurement process.

The technical specifications of the module CRPL/Display .

A variety of different models of the Display are available:

Alphanumeric Displays – Hand-held terminals and built-in displays

Alphanumeric hand-held terminals have 32 scrollable lines of text with 40 characters each.Four of the lines are visible on screen. This Display type comes in these varieties:

M/Display housing dimensions approx. 220mm x 105mm x 30mm Screen dimensions: 146mm x 28.5mmWeight: approx. 0.5kg

M/Display-L housing dimensions approx. 350mm x 168mm x 25mmScreen dimensions: 244mm x 68mmWeight: approx. 1.3kg

Built-in display units with 32 scrollable lines of 20 characters, of which either two or four areon screen.

210



Graphics Displays – Hand-held terminals and built-in displays. The prerequisite is the softwareversion imcDevices 2.5 and imc CRONOS-PL/SL (400kHz)

imc Graphics Terminal technical benchmarks:Housing dimensions: approx. 306mm x 170mm x 25mm Screen dimensions: approx. 11.5cm x 8.6cmWeight: approx. 1.0kgThere are three different display modes:

320 x 240 pixels in 16 gray scale colors

0 320 x 240 pixels in 65536 colors

1 The built-in Display is monochrome: 160 x 80 pixels

The technical specification of the Alphanumeric Display .

The technical specification of the imc Graphics Display .

210

210


4.4.4 GPS

At the nine-pin GPS socket it is possible to connect a GPS-receiver of the type Garmin GPS35LVS,GPS18LVC, GPS18LVC-5Hz etc. which enables absolute synchronization to GPS time. If the GPS-mousehas reception, the measurement system synchronizes itself automatically. Also, if a valid DCF-77 signal isapplied at the Sync-socket, the first signal which the hardware recognizes as valid is accepted.

order CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-1HzCRPL/GPS-MOUSE-5HzC/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz

number108006510801741400019

As of imcDevices Version 2.6, the time counter DCF77 or GPS can be selected by software. Furthermore,from this version onward, it is possible to evaluate all GPS information which can be retrieved in the systemvia the process vector. By means of Online FAMOS, this information can be processed further.

The available GPS information includes:

pv.GPS.qualityGPS quality indicator

1 Invalid position or position not available2 GPS standard mode, fix valid3 differential GPS, fix valid

…

pv.GPS.satellitesnumber of used satellites.

pv.GPS.latitudepv.GPS.longitude

latitude and longitude in degree. (Scaled with 1E-7)

pv.GPS.heightheight over sea level (over geoid) in meter

pv.GPS.height_geoidalheight geoid minus height ellipsoid (WGS84) in meter

pv.GPS.coursecourse in °

pv.GPS.course_variationmagnetic declination in °

pv.GPS.speedspeed in km/h

pv.GPS.hdoppv.GPS.vdoppv.GPS.pdop

Dilution of precision for horizontal, vertical and positionSee http://www.iota-es.de/federspiel/gps_artikel.html

for internal use only:

pv.GPS.time.secpv.GPS.time.usecpv.GPS.counterpv.GPS.test

slow = Mean( DIn01, 1, 10 )

latitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow, pv.GPS.latitude)



longitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow, pv.GPS.longitude)

quality = CreateVChannel( slow, pv.GPS.quality)satellites = CreateVChannel( slow, pv.GPS.satellites)

Important note

pv.GPS.latitude and pv.GPS.longitude are scaled as integer 32 with 1E-7. They must be processed asinteger channels, otherwise precession will be lost.

Pin configuration of the DSUB9 connector. 229


4.4.5 LEDs and Beeper

6 Status-lamps (LEDs, on the device front panel) and a beeper are provided as additional visual andacoustic "output channels". They can be used just as standard output channels in Online FAMOS byassigning them the binary values "0" / "1" or functions taking the Boolean value range.

Interactive setting and Bit-window display for these output channels is neither especially useful norsupported.

It is not possible to deactivate the beeper by software.

4.4.6 Modem connection

By default, an external modem is connected via the 9-pin DSUB socket. If your system comes with abuilt-in modem, there is an RJ45 socket instead. Normal telephone connection plugs are smaller thanstandard RJ45 plugs, however they will fit without an adapter.

Pin configuration of the 9 pin DSUB socket .

NoteDon’t mistake the modem socket for the Ethernet socket used to connect to a computer network.

4.4.7 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply

Non-isolated Module for Sensor Supply with Selectable Voltage Output

The module provides a sensor supply voltage which is adjustable by a selection switch. The maximumavailable power is 3 W. The voltages provided are short-circuit-proof.

Upon request also available as an internal amplifier expansion for sensor supply. The terminal for thevoltage is then at the amplifier DSUB jack. Other limitations apply (5 ranges; ±15V as optional substitute for+15V), refer to the amplifier’s spec sheet.

The technical specification of the module CRPL/SEN-SUPPLY .

4.4.8 SYNC

For a synchronized measurement use the SYNC terminal. That connector has to be connected with otherimc devices or a DCF77 antenna.

Technical data for synchronization

NoteWhen using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes, ensure thatall devices are the same voltage level. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evenedout using an additional line having adequate cross section.Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC.See also chapter Synchronization in the imcDevices manual.

228

216

217



4.4.9 TEDS

4.4.9.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as child’s play

imc Plug & Measure is based on the TEDS technology set out in IEEE 1451.4. It fulfills the vision of quickand error-free measurement even by inexperienced use.

A TEDS sensor or a conventional sensor equipped with a sensor recognition memory unit is connected tothe device. The sensor recognition contains a record of the sensor’s data and the measurement devicesettings. The device reads this info and sets itself accordingly. An incorrectly measurement channel is thenrecognized automatically and marked in different colors. The meaning of the colors is described in manualimcDevices chaper 2 menu Settings Configuration Sensor tab.

4.4.9.2 Particular advantages and applications

• Quick and error-free measurement device setting

• Reduction of routine work

• Recordable measurement channel parameter recommendations (sampling rate, filter settings, etc.)

• Standardization of channel designations for particular sensors used

• Verification of calibration data and their validity

• Quick and unambiguous traceability of calibration data per ISO9000

• Monitoring of calibration intervals

• Measurement device-independent sensor administration

• basis isolated for 50V

4.4.9.3 Sensor administration by database

In the administration of sensor information, the user is supported by imcSensors (sensor database for theimc Plug & Measure technology).

Along with import of information from TEDS, parameters values can also be transferred from the sensordatabase by means of Drag & Drop.

Sensor information can be transferred via the measurement device software from the sensor database tothe sensor recognition and vice versa.

For more advanced sensor administration, the sensor database supports barcode reading devices.imcSensors makes the use and administration of many different sensors quick, easy and economical bythe use of TEDS and imc Plug & Measure.

imcSensors is a software expansion for imcDevices. But Plug & Measure also functions as a stand-aloneapplication. imc Sensors is designed to make a sensor's data quickly and comprehensively available.

It makes it possible to:

• administer sensors in a central database

• parameterize a measurement channel

• trace the calibration history

• inspect the spec sheet

In conjunction with TEDS-capable measurement amplifiers for CRONOS-PL/SL, imcSensors supportsmodern TEDS sensors in accordance with IEEE 1451.4

Especially recommendable for this purpose is the amplifier UNI-8, to which a wide variety of sensors canbe connected directly.

153Technical specifications and terminal configuration of all basic systems

Technical specifications and terminal configuration of allbasic systems

5.1 Basic systems technical specs

5.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL

“”: standard-equipped; “O” optional; “-“: not available

Housing CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

Housing typeportablehousing

portablehousing

module rack19”

module rack19” portable housing

Dimension (WxHxD in mm) withoutbase and handholds

286 x 150 x276

286 x 150 x333

84 HP, 3 U,61HP

(426,7x133,35x310)

84 HP, 3 U,61HP

(426,7x133,5x310)

470 x 150 x 333

Weight (kg) 7 8 typ. 9 / max. 12typ. 9 / max.

12 typ. 9 / max. 12

Free module slots 4 8 13 15 16

Modular expansion Max. number of channels >24 (#1) >24 (#1) >24 (#1) >24 (#1) >24 (#1)

(#1) The maximum number of channels depends on the amplifier configuration; please contact us for detailed consultation.

Interconnections CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

PC connector: Ethernet TCP/IP 10/100 Mbit

PCMCIA Slot 1

Synchronization of multipledevices

BNC

Modem connection DSUB

Hand-held terminal connection DSUB

Earth connection Measurement signal terminals appropriately equipped with signal conditioning, typically imc DSUB connectors

Current supply CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

Power supply10-36V DC 10-36V DC

110V / 230VAC

10-36V DC 10-36V DC

DC-input isolated -

110 V / 230 V power adapter -

Battery buffering / UPS UPS buffer time/ power outage 30s 30s 30s 30s 30s

Battery operating(#2) 2-6h 1,5-3h 2-6h 2-6h 2-6h

Automatic charge control Automatic measurementoperation with autostart – no PCnecessary

Auto-data saving upon poweroutage

Power consumption (with UPSbattery fully charged)

<80 W (typ. 60 W)

<130 W (typ. 80 W)

<130 W (typ. 80 W)

<130 W (typ. 80 W)

<130 W(typ. 80 W)

(#2) restricted temperature range 0°C .. 45°C



Operating conditions CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

Operating environment (standard) indoor

Operating temperature (standard) -10 .. 55 °C without condensation

Operating altitude up to 2000 m

Relative humidity80 % for less than 31°C, for more than 31°C linear declining to 50%, according

DIN EN61010-1

Shock resistance 30g pk over 3 msExtended temperature range

(opt.)-20 .. 85°C

Condensation protection O

PC - software equipment CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

Operating software"imcDevices"

LabView Visualization tool

Factory configurationoptions CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

Online FAMOS - PersonalAnalyzer

O O O O O

Display intern (#3)-

O uponrequest

O upon request O upon request O upon request

Digital inputs O O O O O

Digital outputs O O O O O

Incremental inputs O O O O O

Analog-outputs O O O O O

Signal Synthesizer O O O O O

CAN-Bus Interface (#4) O O O O O

Internal modem O O O O O

LED-Port (6 LEDs) Analog measurement

channels modularsee list of imc CRONOS-PL modules for voltage, current, ICP, thermocouples,PT100, strain gauges, measurement bridges, incremental encoders, high voltageand current probes

Sensor supplyEither provided by the signal conditioning module or available separately as a supplymodule

(#3) The external hand-held terminal is not available for devices with a built-in display(#4) Requires one module slot per interface


Device properties and hardware options all imc-CRONOS-PL variations

Maximum channel count 512, incl. analog, digital, virtual, monitor and bus channels

Maximum aggregate sampling rate 400 kHz

Time bases 2

Per-channel sampling rates

Sampling rate adjustable in 1-, 2-, 5 steps Monitor channels Multi-triggered (multi-shot) data acquisition Extensive intelligent trigger functions arithmetic mean, min, max, mean value, extensive real-time calculation and control functions O (with Online FAMOS - Personal Analyzer)

External hand-held terminal for display of measureddata and status messages(#5)

O

External modem (PPP) for remote measurement (#6)

DCF77 real time radio clock GPS real time radio clock O

Wireless LAN PCMCIA board (#7) O

Characteristic curve for temperature measurement temperature table according IPTS-68

(#5) The external hand-held terminal is not available for devices with a built-in display(#6) Before revision 3: DSUB connector for external modem over PPP. From revision 3: RJ45 for optional internal modem; externalmodem is not supported(#7) occupies the PCMCI slot and can be operated alternatively to the PCMCIA removable hard drive.

Data storage CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16

internal hard drive O O O O O

PCMCIA-Solid State storage O O O O O

Compact Flash-Card O O O O O

Software selectable storage to removable drive (option) and/or PC Software selectable storage to internal hard drive (option) and/or PC Any memory depth with pre- and posttriggering

Circular buffer memory Synchronous, multi-triggered records

Unless otherwise indicated, the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions:

temperature 23°C

air pressure 1013mbar

relative humidity 40%



5.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL

“”: standard-equipped; “O” optional; “-“: not available

Housing imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

Housing type portable housing portable housing

IP-degree of protection IP65 IP65

Dimension (WxHxD in mm)without base and handholds

256 x 73 x 257 (#2) 286 x 116 x 257 (#2)

Weight (kg) 6,5 8

Free module slots 2 4

Modular expansion

Max. number of channels 16 (#3) 32 (#3)

(#1) when used with associated connectors/ terminal lid(#2) with handles, feet and interconnections(#3) The maximum number of channels depends on the amplifier configuration; please contact us for detailed consultation.

Interconnections imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

PC connector: Ethernet TCP/IP 10/100 Mbit

CF-card slot 1

Synchronization of multipledevices

BNC

Modem connection DSUB

Hand-held terminal connection DSUB

Earth connection Measurement signal terminals appropriately equipped with signal conditioning, typically imc DSUB connectors

Current supply imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

Power supply 10-36V DC 10-36V DC

DC-input isolated

110 V / 230 V power adapter

Battery buffering / UPS UPS buffer time/ power outage 30s 30s

battery operation (#4) 2-6h 1,5-3h

Automatic charge control Automatic measurement operation with autostart – noPC necessary

Auto-data saving upon power outage

Power consumption (with UPS battery fully charged)depending on amplifier (typ.

50 W)depending on amplifier (typ.

70 W)(#4) not available with battery supply

Operating conditions imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

Operating environment outdoor

Operating temperature -40 .. 85 °C with condensation

Operating altitude up to 2000 m

Shock resistance MIL STD810F

Condensation protection


PC - software equipment imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

Operating software"imcDevices"

LabView Visualization tool

Factory configurationoptions imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

Online FAMOS - PersonalAnalyzer

O O

Display intern - -

Digital inputs O O

Digital outputs O O

Incremental inputs O O

Analog-outputs O O

Signal Synthesizer O O

CAN-Bus Interface (#5) O O

Internal modem O O

LED-Port (6 LEDs) Analog measurement

channels modularsee list of imc CRONOS-PL/SL modules for voltage, current, ICP, thermocouples,PT100, strain gauges, measurement bridges, incremental encoders, high voltageand current probes

Sensor supplyEither provided by the signal conditioning module or available separately as asupply module

(#5) Requires one module slot per interface

Device properties and hardware options all imc-CRONOS-PL variations

Maximum channel count 512, incl. analog, digital, virtual, monitor and bus channels

Maximum aggregate sampling rate 400 kHz

Time bases 2

Per-channel sampling rates

Sampling rate adjustable in 1-, 2-, 5 steps Monitor channels Multi-triggered (multi-shot) data acquisition Extensive intelligent trigger functions arithmetic mean, min, max, mean value, extensive real-time calculation and control functions O (with Online FAMOS - Personal Analyzer)

External hand-held terminal for display of measureddata and status messages

O

External modem (PPP) for remote measurement

Synchronization with DCF77 real time radio clock Synchronization with GPS real time radio clock O

External GPS receiver O

Wireless LAN PCMCIA board Characteristic curve for temperature measurement temperature table according IPTS-68

Data storage imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4

internal hard drive O O

Compact Flash-Card O O

Software selectable storage to removable drive(option) and/or PC Software selectable storage to internal hard drive(option) and/or PC

Any memory depth with pre- and post triggering Circular buffer memory Synchronous, multi-triggered records



Unless otherwise indicated, the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions:

temperature 23°C

air pressure 1013mbar

relative humidity 40%

5.2 Module overview

imc CRONOS-PL/SL is a modular, configurable device system constructed from individual modules (esp.for signal conditioning), whose properties are presented below.

TypeModel name

CRPL/Channels

per moduleMax. sampling

rate per channelBandwidth Comment

voltage AUDIO-4 4 100kHz 43kHz ICP directly

voltage AUDIO-4/MIC 4 100kHz 43kHzICP directly, polarizationvoltage, LEMO plugs

strain gauge (DMS),bridge

BR-4 4 20kHz 10kHzbandwidth CF 2.5KHzCurrent with shunt plug

voltage, temperature C-8 8 100Hz 20Hz Current with shunt plug

analog outputs DAC-8 8 50kHz 50kHz

strain gauge (DMS),bridge

DCB-8 8 100kHz 5kHz Current with shunt plug

digital inputs DI-16 16 50kHz 30kHz (isolated)

dig. in/out + inc.DI16-DO8-EN

C416 / 8 / 4 10kHz / 50kHz 10kHz/ 500kHz DI, DO / ENC

digital outputs DO-16 16 50kHz 10kHz (isolated)

incremental encoder

ENC-4 4 50kHz 500kHz

incremental encoder

HRENC-4 4 50kHz 500kHz

high-voltage(isolated) currentprobes

HV-4I 4 50kHz 25kHz2 high-voltage + 2 current probes

high-voltage(isolated) currentprobes

HV-2U2IHV-4U

8 100kHz 17kHz2 high-voltage + 2 current4 current probes

voltage, ICP ICPU-8 8 100kHz 14kHzICP can be measured withBNC directly

voltage, ICP ICPU-16 16 20kHz 6,6kHzICP can be measured withBNC directly

voltage, current,temp erature, ICP(isolated)

ISO2-8 8 50kHz 8kHzICP- extension plug canbe used.Current with shunt plug

voltage, current LV-16 16 20kHz 6,6kHzICP extension plug can beused.

voltage, current LV2-8 8 100kHz 14kHzICP ext. plug can be used.Current with shunt plug

voltage, temperature

OSC-16 16 50kHz 7Hz (isolated)


TypeModel name

CRPL/Channels

per moduleMax. sampling

rate per channelBandwidth Comment

voltage, current, ICP SC2-32 32 100kHz 20kHzCurrent with shunt plug,ICP- extension plug canbe used.

synthesizer SYNTH-8 8 50kHz 50kHz

voltage, current,temperature, bridge,DMS, ICP

UNI-8 8 100kHz 14kHzICP- extension plug canbe used.current measured directly

CAN CAN 2 nodes

J1587 J1587 1

general

aggregate sampling rate

400kHz from Q3-2003 (DAB4k)



5.3 Technical specification of the modules

5.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage / ICP

Technical specs (4 differential analog inputs)

Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments

inputs 4 TEDS - Transducer Electronic DataSheets (IEEE 1451)

third octave processing as option(4 channels + 4 virtual channels)

For further processing Online FAMOSor imc WAVE is necessary

measurement modes: - voltage

- sensors with current supply

- condenser microphone

ICP™-, DELTATRON®-Sensors

with option CRPL/MIC_SUPPLY

sample rate/channel ≤100kHz

≤50kHz

without third octave processing

with third octave processing

bandwidth (AC)

1Hz45.3 kHz48.6 kHz54.7 kHz

22.4 kHz

-3 dB lower cut-off frequency0.005dB without third octave process.-3 dB-112 dB

-3 dB with third octave processing

filter characteristic, cut-offfrequency, order

10kHz, 5kHz, .. , 5Hz Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)low and high filter pass 8. order band pass, LP and HP each 4. order

AAF: Cauer 8. order with fcutoff = 0,4 f

s

for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2. orderBessel with fcutoff =1Hz (0,5Hz with WAVE)

calculated *

connector plugdefaultcondenser microphone

4 BNC4 LEMO-connector 1B series

TEDSsensors (current supply)condenser micro

conform IEEE 1451.4Class I MMIClass II MMI

Voltage

ranges50V, 25 V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V...

25mV

input voltage surge protection 65V200V

refer to chassiscontinuous at 25°C, <1s at 40°C< 2ms

input impedance

1M10 M

2M20 M

1%2%

1%2%

single-end, ranges: 50V, 25 V10 V... 25mV

differential, ranges: 50V, 25 V10 V... 25mV



input couplingDC

AC, ICP 1Hz, -3dB, 2th order

input configuration differential, single end

gain uncertainty 0.004%0.006%

0.05%0.1%

of reading, ranges:

50V… 50 mV25mV

offset uncertainty (DC)0.004%0.005%0.006%0.006%

0.03%0.05%0.10%0.15%

of measurement range, ranges:

50V... 250mV100 mV 50 mV 25mV

offset uncertainty (AC, ICP) 2LSB

max. settling time of the 1Hzinput high pass filter (AC)

20s

common mode voltage 65V10V

ranges:

50V, 25 V10 V... 25mV

common mode suppressionCMRR

68dB 82dB 95dB101dB108dB

>60dB>66dB>78dB>84dB>96dB

coupling DC, common mode testvoltage 10 V= or 4Vrms; 50Hz; ranges:

50V, 25 V10 V... 5 V2.5 V... 1 V 500 mV250 mV ... 25mV

signal to noise ratio -110dB-82dB-76dB-70dB

-90dB

(A-weighted), 100kspsbandwidth 20 Hz .. 20 kHz

50 V.. 250 mV100 mV 50 mV 25mV

noise voltage (rms)2µV

bandwidth 10 Hz .. 10 kHz

25mV

ICP™-, DELTATRON®-Sensors

constant current 4.2mA 20 %

compliance voltage 25V >24V

source impedance 280k >100k

* AC-coupling (or ICP) means a high pass filter at the input. To avoid drifting of the module, a high pass filter is always calculated,

even if the user selects „without filter“.

The description of the AUDIO-4 . 53



5.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module

See the technical data of AUDIO-4 and the additional information below.

On request you can order special connectors for polarized microphone’s ( Brüel & Kjær, Norsonic) inconjunction with the appropriate microphone supply:

Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions/ Remarks

inputs 4

microphone supply

low supply voltage

max. supply current/ channel14V

3%< 3mA

long-term short-circuit protection

high supply voltage

max. supply current/ channel60V

3%< 3mA

long-term short-circuit protection

caution! danger of electric shock

polarization voltage +200V 0,2% long-term short-circuit protection

max. current <300µA caution! danger of electric shock

The description of the AUDIO-4-MIC .

160

54


5.3.3 BR-4 Bridge, Voltage, Current


Parameter Value (typ. / max.) Comment

inputs 4

measurement modes full bridgehalf bridge

quarter bridge

differential voltage input

Voltage or bridge mode global for all fourchannels.

sampling rate/ channel 2 0kHz (max)

bandwidth 8.6kHz (DC)

2kHz (CF)

filter cut-off frequency, order 2Hz..5kHz Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)low pass filter 8. order high pass filter 4. order band pass, LP 8. and HP 4. order

AAF: Cauer 8. order with fcutoff = 0,4 fs

sensors strain gauge: full-, half-, quarter bridgepiezo-resistive bridge transducer

potentiometervoltage

current (e.g. 4-20mA sensors)

current-fed piezo-electric transducer (e.g. ICP, Deltatron)

directly connectable

with shunt-plug ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)not for CRSL/BR-4-Lwith ICP-plug ACC/DSUB-ICP2 (-IP65)

connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 2 channels

or4 * LEMO / 1 channel

ACC/DSUB-B2(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-ICP2(-IP65)

bridge input ranges±1mV/V ... ±400mV/V±2mV/V... ±800mV/V

±5mV/V... ±2000mV/V

corresponding to strain gauge:±2 000µm/m ... ±800 000µm/m

±4 000µm/m ... ±1600 000µm/m±10 000µm/m ... ±4 000 000µm/m

for bridge voltage:5V2.5V1V

for bridge voltage:5V2.5V1V

bridge voltageDCCF Carrier frequency

1V, 2.5V, 5V (symmetric)1V, 2.5V, 5V (peak)

5kHz

set globally for 4-channel groupscorresp. ±0.5V, ±1.25V, ±2.5Vcorresp. RMS: 0.7V, 1.8V, 3.5V

voltage input ranges ±5mV / ±10mV / ±25mV / ±50mV / ±100mV / ±250mV / ±500mV /

±1V / ±2V / ±5V / ±10V / ±25V / ±50V

current input ranges ±100µA / ±200µA / ±400µA / ±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA /

±10mA / ±20mA / ±40mA

with special shunt connector pod (shunt 50)

surge protection ±50V

±80V

long-term(differential- and SENSE-inputs)

short-term

input impedance 10M1M

ranges 5mV to 2Vranges 5V to 50V and for deactivated device




input current 40nA (max.)

input capacitance 300pF (typ.)

common mode voltage (max.) ±2.8V±50V

ranges 5mV to 2Vranges 5V to 50V

bridge balance range ≥ measurement range

however, minimally:≥ ±5mV/V

≥ ±10mV/V≥ ±25mV/V

for Vb = 5Vfor Vb = 2.5Vfor Vb = 1V

min. bridge impedance

bridge impedance (max.)

120, 10mH full bridge60, 5mH half bridge

5k

Vb = 1V .. 5V, I_load ≤ 42mA

cable length (max.) 500m (one-way length) 0.14mm², 130m / m, 65

cable compensation technique4-wire Sense3-wire Sense

by means of shunt-calibration

3 techniques available:any cables;for cables of same type;one-time (not controlled) compensation

internal quarter-bridgecompletion

120, 350 selectable

automatic shunt-calibration 0.5mV/V for 120 and 350 bridges

gain uncertainty < 0.05% 23 °C

offset after bridge balance < 0.02% 23 °C

non-linearity < 200 ppm

input offset-drift 0.05µV / °C0.01µV/V / °C

0.3µV / °C0.06µV/V /°C

DC voltage measurementDC full bridge(Vb=5V, 1mV/V range)without ext. bridge offset

gain drift 60ppm /°C < 100ppm / °C

drift of bridge balance

equivalent offset drift by meansof balanced ext. bridge offset

50ppm /°C

0.05µV/V /°C

< 90ppm /°C

0.09µV/V /°C

of compensated amount

full bridge (DC or CF),ext. bridge offset = 1mV/V1mV/V input range

half-bridge drift (int.half-bridge)

0.5µV/V / °C 1µV/V /°C DC or CF bridge

SNR (signal to noise ratio)

> 90dB

> 88dB

> 82dB

> 75dB

> 69dB

full-scale / rms-noise full bandwidth

ranges ±100mV ... ±50V

range ±50mV

range ±25mV

range ±10mV

range ±5mV

Input noise, voltage (RTI)

16nV/Hz rms14V pk-pk

2V rms0,6V pk-pk

DC-Mode (range ±5mV)

0...1kHz

0...10kHz

0...10kHz

0,1...10Hz



Input noise (bridge)

DC full bridge 3µV/V pk-pk, 0,39µ/V rms0,9µV/V pk-pk, 0,12µ/V rms0,3µV/V pk-pk, 0,04µ/V rms

0,1µV/V pk-pk

range: 1mV/V (bridge voltage = 5V)

0...10 kHz1 kHz, lowpass filter100 Hz, lowpass filter10 Hz, lowpass filter

DC half-/quarter bridge 3,3µV/V pk-pk, 0,45µ/V rms1,1µV/V pk-pk, 0,15µ/V rms0,35µV/V pk-pk, 0,05µ/V rms

0,3µV/V pk-pk

0 .. 10 kHz1 kHz, lowpass filter100 Hz, lowpass filter10 Hz, lowpass filter

CF full bridge, half bridge 3,5µV/V pk-pk, 0,47µ/V rms1,7µV/V pk-pk, 0,22µ/V rms0,6µV/V pk-pk, 0,07µ/V rms

0,3µV/V pk-pk

0 .. 10 kHz1 kHz, lowpass filter100 Hz, lowpass filter10 Hz, lowpass filter

min. measurement resolution 0,31 µV0,06 µV/V0,12 µm/m

15 Bit

common mode rejection ratio(CMRR)

> 120dB

> 110dB

> 95dB

> 54dB

DCranges 5 mV to 25 mV

ranges 50 mV to 100 mV

ranges 250 mV to 2V

ranges 5 V to 50 V

> 100dB

> 68dB

> 90dB

> 54dB

50 Hz

ranges 5 mV to 2 V

ranges 5 V to 50 V

> 50dB

5 kHz

all ranges

auxiliary supply +5V (max. 160mA / plug)not isolated

e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs ACC/DSUB-ICP2(-IP65)

The description of the BR-4 . 55



5.3.4 C-8 Voltage / Temperature


parameter typ. min. / max. comments

inputs 8

measurement modes(DSUB) voltage, current

thermocouples, PT100with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I4

measurement modes(LEMO) voltage, current

PT100with external shunt

filter cut-off frequency, order 1Hz .. 5 0Hz Butterworth (digital)low pass filter 6. order

AAF: Butterworth 6. order, fcutoff = 0,5 fs

connector plug

standard

2 plug DSUB-15,4 channels per plug

or

8* LEMO

ACC/DSUB-U4 (-IP65), ACC/DSUB-T4 (-IP65), ACC/DSUB-I4 (-IP65)

TEDS - Transducer ElectronicDataSheets

conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-T4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)

voltage measurement

sample rate / channel ≤100 Hz

voltage input range±50V, ±25V, ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±1V, ±

500mV, ±250mV, …, ±2.5mV

surge protection± 250V

±80Vlong term to chassis<1ms

input impedance 1.00MW492 kW79 kW

±1%>135 kW>75 kW

differential

± 50 V. . .± 2.5 V± 1 V. . .± 50 mV± 25 mV. . .± 2.5 mV

gain uncertainty

0.01%

5ppm/K×DTa

£0.05%£0.02%£0.05%

± 20ppm/K×DTa

of reading±50 V. . .± 250 mV±100 mV. . .± 25 mV±10 mV. . .± 2.5 mV DTa=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta

offset uncertainty

0.01%0.005%0.01%0.02%±4µV/K±0.07µV/K

£0.05%£0.01%£0.05%£0.1%

<±12 µV/K<±0.16µV/K

of measurement range±50 V. . .± 250 mV±100 mV. . .± 25 mV±10 mV. . .± 5 mV± 2.5 mV±50 V. . .± 2.5 V± 1 V. . .± 2.5 mV



common mode voltage±50V. . .± 2V± 1V. . .±2.5m V

50V2V

< 30V< 1V

with differential input voltage:± 50V± 1V

common mode rejection CMRR±50V. . .± 2V± 1V. . .±2.5m V

70 dB120 dB

>54 dB>100 dB

common mode test voltage:± 50V± 1V

signal-to noise ratio95 dB90 dB86 dB

>90dB>86dB>82 dB

bandwidth 0.1Hz…10 Hz± 50 V. . .± 10 mV± 5 mV± 2.5 mV

bandwidth 0...20 Hz -3 dB

temperature measurement - thermocouples

sample rate / channel ≤100Hz

measurement range J, T, K, E, N, S, R, B according IEC 584

resolution 0.063K J, T, K, E, N, S, R, B

measurement uncertainty ±0.2K < ±0.5Ktype J, T, K, E, L(for all other types see specifications ofvoltage measurement)

temperature drift ±0.02K/K×DTa

DTa= |Ta -25°C|ambient temperature Ta

cold junction compensationuncertainty

drift of cold junction comp. ±0.001K/K×DTj

< ±0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4DTj = |Tj -25°C|

cold junction temperature Tj

input impedance 100 kW differential

temperature measurement – RTD (PT100)

input range -200...850°C, -50...150°C-328...1562°F, -58…302°F

resolution 0.063 K-200...850°C, -328...1562°F

-50...150°C, -58…302°F

uncertainty < ±0.1K< ±0.05 %

-200...850 °C, four-wire connection

plus of reading

drift ±0.01 K/K× DTa DTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

sensor supply 625µA

input impedance 20.0 MW ±1% differential




signal-noise ratio >85dB bandwidth 10Hz

bandwidth 0...10Hz -3 dB

The description of the C-8 .Technical specs of the Sensor supply (optional) .

61

216


5.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs

Technical specs (8 analog outputs)

Parameter Value (typ. / min. max.) Comments

outputs 8

output level ±10V

connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 4 channels ACC/DSUB-DAC4(-IP65)

load current ±10mA max. 250Ω max., no filter

resolution 16Bit

linearity max. 4 LSB

14bit no missing codes

max. output frequency 50kHz

analog bandwidth 50kHz -3dB, low pass 2nd order

accuracy ± 4 LSB (16bit) 25°C

offset < 10mV < 17mV 25°C

offset drift 0.06mV / °C

summary offset uncertainty < 20mV whole temperature range

gain uncertainty < 0.29% 25°C

gain drift 25ppm / °C

summary gain uncertainty < 0.8% whole temperature range

The description of the DAC-8 . 64



5.3.6 DCB-8 Bridge channels



inputs 8

measurement modes (DSUB): voltage measurements


current measurement

current feed sensors (ICP*)

bridge-sensor


with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2

(*ICP™-, DELTATRON®-,

PIEZOTRON®-Sensors) withACC/DSUB-ICP2*

measurement modes (LEMO): voltage measurements


current measurement

bridge-sensor


single ended or with external shunt

filter cut-off frequency, order 2Hz..5kHz

Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)low pass filter 8. order high pass filter 4. order band pass, LP 8. and HP 4. order


sampling frequency/channel £100kHz

bandwidth 0...5kHz -3 dB

connector plug

standard

4 * DSUB-15 / 2 Kanäle

oder

8 * LEMO / 1 Kanal

ACC/DSUB-B2(-IP65) ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-ICP2(-IP65)

TEDS - TransducerElectronic DataSheets

conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-B2(-IP65)

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I2(-IP65)

voltage measurement

input ranges ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±1V, ..., ±5 mV

surge protection ±40V permanent channel to chassis

input coupling DC

input configuration differential


input impedance 20MW ±1% differential

gain uncertainty 0.02% £0.05% of reading

drift +20ppm/K×DTa +80ppm/K×DTa DTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

offset uncertainty 0.02% £0.05%£0.06%

of range, in ranges:> ± 50mV£ ± 50mV

drift ±0.06µV/K×DTa ±0.3µV/K×DTa

£ ± 10 VDTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

common mode rejectionranges ±10 V. . .± 50mV

± 20mV. . .±5m V92dB

120 dB>84dB

>100dBcommon mode test voltage: ± 10 V=

noise0.4µVrms

14nV/√Hzbandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)

current measurement

input ranges±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA, ±2

mA, ±100µAwith 50 Ω shunt in terminal plug with 120 Ω internally

over load protection ±60 m A permanent

input configuration single-enddifferential

with 120 Ω internallyor 50 Ω shunt in terminal plug(ACC/DSUB-I2)

gain: uncertainty 0.02%£0.06%£0.1%

of readingplus uncertainty of 50Ω shunt


offset: uncertainty 0.02% £0.05% of range

drift ±0.5nA/K×DTa ±5nA/K×DTa DTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

bridge measurement

bridge measurementmodes:

- full bridgehalf bridge- quarter bridge

5V bridge excitation voltage only

input ranges±1000mV/V, ±500mV/V, ±200

mV/V, ±100mV/V... ±0.5mV/V

excitation bridge voltage: 10V

input impedance 20MW ±1% differential, full bridge



gain: uncertainty 0.02% £0.05% of reading


offset: uncertainty 0.01% £0.02% of input range after automatic bridge balancing

drift +16nV/V/K×DTa+0.2µV/V/K×DT

aDTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

bridge excitation voltage10V5V

±0.5%



120W, 10mH full bridge60W, 5mH half bridge

5kW

internal quarter bridgecompletion

120W optional 350W; no direct current measurement; noPT100 3-line measurement

Cable resistance forbridges

(without return line)

< 6W

< 12W

10 V excitation 120W

5 V excitation 120W

*ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibratio; PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.

The description of the DCB-8 .Technical specs of the Sensor supply (optional) .

65

216


5.3.7 DI-16 Digital input channels

Technical specs (16 digital inputs)

Parameter Value ( typ./min.max.) Comments

channels / bits 16bit2 external clocks

2 groups of 8 bits, each groupgalvanically isolated as a whole,common reference potential (LCOM) foreach group

connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 8Bit ACC/DSUB-DI8(-IP65)

isolation strength 50V to system ground (protection ground)

input configuration single-end common reference: LCOM

input level TTL / CMOSor 24V logic

configurable by wire jumper (LEVEL –LCOM) in the connector plug

switching levelTTL / CMOS24V-logic

HIGH> 2V

> 7.3V

LOW< 0.55V< 1.3V

Schmitt-trigger characteristicstypical 1.8V and 1V 200mV

hysteresisTTL / CMOS24V-logic

> 0.4V> 1.6V

typical 0.8V

input impedance > 50kΩ 100kΩ pull-up to HCOM

input current < 1µA

switching time < 20s

bandwidth > 30kHz (max. switching frequency)

The description of the DI-16 . 73



5.3.8 DI-HV-4 Digital input for high voltages

Technical Specs (4 differential digital inputs)


Channels / bits 4 each isolated

Terminal connector 8-pin Phönix clamp terminal MSTB 2,5/8-STF Phönix Nr. 1779709

Input configuration differential mutually isolated

Nom. Input level ue 230Veff / 400V

Switching level Us

unipolar (DC-mode) bipolar (AC-mode)

Low <1.5V<1.5V

High>3.5V

<-3.5V, >3.5V

Schmitt-trigger characteristicsHysteresis: (typ.) 830mV

Isolation strength,between channels or togrounding conductor

300Veff CAT II (2),Test voltage: 2.3kV 10s

Overvoltage protection 600V long-term

Input current <50µA ue -600V .. +600V

DC-mode switching time low high high low

<70 µs<50 µs

AC-mode switching time low high high low

<40µs2.0ms <2.2

ms

The description of the DI-HV-4 . 75


5.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4

16 digital inputs / 4 digital outputs / 4 Incremental encoder inputs

5.3.9.1 ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Incremental encoder channels

Parameter Value (typ. / max) Remarks

channels 4 + 1(5 tracks)

Four single-tracks or combining two single-into two-track encoders

One index track

measurement modes: Distance(diff), Angle(diff), Speed,RPM, Events, Frequency, Time,

Pulse time, Angle(abs.)

connection terminals 1 x DSUB-15 ACC/DSUB-ENC4(-IP65)

sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)

time resolution of measurement 31.25ns Counter frequency: 32MHz(primary sampling rate)

data resolution 16bits


input impedance 100k

input voltage range(differential)

±10V

common mode input range max. ±25V, min. –11V

switching threshold -10V ... +10V individual for each channel

hysteresis 100mV...20V individual for each channel

analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)

analog filter Bypass (no Filter),20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz

adjustable (per-channel)2nd order Butterworth

switching delay 500ns Modulation: 100mV squarewave

CMRR 70dB60dB

50dB50dB

DC, 50Hz10kHz

gain uncertainty < 1% of input voltage range @ 25°C

offset uncertainty < 1% of input voltage range @ 25°C

overvoltage protection ± 50V to system ground

sensor supply +5V, 300mA not isolated (reference: GND, CHASSIS)

The description of the ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) . 83



5.3.9.2 DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Inputs

Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Remarks

channels 16 common ground reference for each4-channel group, isolated from the otherinput group

connection terminals DSUB-15 ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 (-IP65)

configuration options TTL or 24V input voltage range

(global configurable for all inputs)

configurable at the DSUB

jumper from LCOM to LEVEL activatesTTL-mode

LEVEL unconn. activates 24V-mode

sampling rate 10kHz per channel

isolation strength 150 V to system ground (tested 200V)

input configuration differential isolated mutually and from supply

input current max. 500µA

switching threshold 1,5V (±200mV)

7V (±300mV)

5V mode

24V mode

switching time < 20s

supply HCOM 5V max. 100mA Reference at Level otherwise electricallyisolated from system

The description of the DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .

5.3.9.3 DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Outputs

Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Comments

channels / bits 8bit 1 group of 8 bits, gal van ically isolatedas a whole, common reference potential("LCOM“) for each group

connector plug 1 * DSUB-15 / 8 Bit ACC/DSUB-DO8(-IP65)


output configuration totem pole (push-pull) or

open-drain

configurable by wire jumper ("ODRN" –"LCOM") in the connector plug

output level TTL

ormax. Uext -0.8V

internal, galvanically isolatedsupply voltageby connecting an external supplyvoltage Uext an "HCOM", Uext = 5V .. 3

0V

max. output current (typ.)TTL24V-logicopen-drain

HIGH15mA22mA

---

LOW0.7A0.7A0.7A

external clamp diode needed forinductive load

output voltageTTL24V-logic (Uext = 24V)

HIGH> 3.5V> 23V

LOW≤ 0.4 V≤ 0.4 V

for load current:Ihigh, = 15mA, Ilow, ≤ 0.7A

Ihigh, = 22mA, Ilow, ≤ 0.7A

switching time < 100µs

The description of the DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .

176

176


5.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs

Technical specs (16 digital outputs)


channels / bits 16bit two 8-bit groups, isolated, commonreference potential ("LCOM“) for a group

connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 8 Bit ACC/DSUB-DO8(-IP65)


output configuration totem pole (push-pull) or

open-drain

configurable by wire jumper ("ODRN" –"LCOM") in the connector plug

output level TTL

ormax. Uext -0.8V

internal, galvanically isolatedsupply voltageby connecting an external supplyvoltage Uext an "HCOM", Uext = 5V .. 3

0V

max. output current (typ.)TTL24V-logicopen-drain

HIGH15mA22mA

---

LOW0.7A0.7A0.7A

external clamp diode needed forinductive load

output voltageTTL24V-logic (Uext = 24V)

HIGH> 3.5V> 23V

LOW0.5 * Ilow

0.5 * Ilow

for load current:Ihigh, = 15mA, Ilow, ≤ 0.7A

Ihigh, = 22mA, Ilow, ≤ 0.7A

switching time < 165µs

The description of the DO-16 . 85



5.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs

Technical specs (16 digital outputs – high-amperage version)


Channels / bits

with CRPL/DO_HC-16 16 bit

2 x 8-bit groups, isolated, commonreference potential (“LCOM“) for eachgroup

Connection terminal 2 * DSUB-15 / 8 bit CRPL/DSUB-DO_HC-16

DSUB-15 connector with high currentcapacity wiring recommended (HCOM /LCOM!)In deviation from CRPL/DO-16:

seperate (diode-decoupled) HCOM /LCOM for each 4-bit group(due to current sharing at DSUB-pins)

Isolation strength 50 V To system ground (protection ground)

Output configurationtotem pole (push-pull)open-drain (LowSide)

open-source (HighSide)

configurable with “OPDRN” – pin:“OPDRN”: wire jumper at “LCOM”“OPDRN”: open“OPDRN”: 10kΩ-resistor at “LCOM”

Output level max. Vext = 8 V .. 28 V

or

connection of an externalsupply voltage Vext at “HCOM”, (Totem Pole or Open-Source)

TTL / CMOS 5V

or

by means of internal isolatedsupply voltage and external pull-up-resistors (with 5 V ,only Open-Drainconfiguration supported, noTotem-Pole / push-pull)

Open-Drain external supply not required forOpen-Drain operation

max. output current (typ.)Totem Pole 8..28 VOpen Source 8..28 VOpen Drain

open-drain w/ intern.5V supply

HIGH0.7 A0.7 A

---

LOW0.7 A

---0.7A

20 mA

no external clamping diode required forinductive load switching

Output voltage HIGHVext -

0.5Ω * Ihigh

LOW

0.5Ω * Ilow

with load current:

Ihigh, , Ilow, ≤ 0.7 A

Internal supply voltage availableat contacts

5 V, 160 mA

isolated

per 8-bit group; VCC_int = 5 V isolatedfrom Vext by diodes on HCOM



Protection mechanisms short circuit

therm. overload

capacitive load (surge)

inductive load (load dump)

reverse battery

Quick response current limiting: 1.4A(typ.), 2 A (max.)

Unlimited duration

Current limiting

voltage limiting

reverse voltage between BIT-outputand HCOM or LCOM current limiting: 9 A (after 100 ms)

2 A (after 10 s)

State upon system power-up

Activation of the output stage

Connection of internal 5 Vsupply to contacts

high impedance (High-Z)

upon preparation of measurement

upon preparation of measurement

Independent of output configuration

with selectable initial states (High / Low) in the selected outputconfiguration

VCC_int = 5V via diodes at HCOM

Switching time < 300µs

The description of the DO-HC-16 . 87



5.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels

Technical specs (4 incremental encoder inputs)


inputs 4 + 1

( 9 tracks )

4 channels with 2 tracks each (A, B)

1 index-channel, all fully conditioned

(differential amplifier)

measurement modes: Distance(diff), Angle(diff), Speed, RPM,Events, Frequency, Time, Pulse time,

Angle(abs.)

connector 2 x DSUB-15 / 2 channels

or

4 * LEMO/ 1 channel

ACC/DSUB-ENC-4(-IP65)

ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU

for each group of 2 channels per plugINDEX only occupied on second socket

sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)

time resolution of measurement

33ns counter frequency 32MHz (primary sampling rate)

resolution of data 16bit


input impedance 100k

input voltage range (differential) ±10V

±30V

linear range

maximum, outside of the linear range:max. non-linearity error: 300ns

common mode input voltage max. ±30V

switching threshold -10V ... +10V globally selectable in 0.1V steps

hysteresis 0 .. 40% of |threshold|,min. 100mV

globally selectable in 0.1V steps

analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)

analog filter none, 20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz Butterworth, 2nd order per channel

CMRR 70dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)

60dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)

DC, 50Hz

10kHz

switching delay 500ns level: 100mV square wave

gain uncertainty < 1% 23°C

offset < 1% 23°C

isolation: ±50V inputs isolated to power supply,

not mutually

safe voltage (max.) ± 50V long-term

sensor supply +5V, 100mA

300mA (optional)

reference: GND

The description of the ENC-4 . 91


5.3.13 HRENC-4


Channels 4 + 1( 9 tracks )

4 channels with 2 tracks (X, Y) each1 index-channelall fully conditioned (differentialamplifier)

Measurement mode Distance(diff), Angle(diff), Speed, RPM,Events, Frequency, Time, Pulse time,

Angle(abs.)

Connection terminal 2 x DSUB-15 / 2 channels

or

4 * LEMO / 1 channel

ACC/DSUB-ENC4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU2 channels per each terminalINDEX only occupied on second socket!

Sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)

Measurement time resolution 3.9 ns Counter frequency 256MHz (primary sampling rate)as of imc Devices 2.6 R2 SP1

Analog analysis

SIN/COS encoder analysis 8x12 Bit A/D-converter 8 channels of simultaneous sampling

Input voltage range ±1.5V, ±10V (differential)

General

Data resolution 16 bits

Input configuration differential

Input impedance 50k

Input voltage range(differential)

±10V ±30V

Linear rangemaximum range; exceeding linearrange: max. non-linearity: 300ns

Common mode input voltage max. ±30V

Switching threshold -10V ... +10V adjustable individual for each channels

Hysteresis 0 .. 40% off |threshold|,min. 100mV

adjustable individual for each channels

Analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)

Analog filter Bypass (without filter),20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz

adjustable (per channel)Butterworth, 2nd order

Switching delay 500ns modulation: 100mV squarewave

CMRR 70dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)60dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)

DC, 50Hz10kHz

Gain uncertainty < 1% 23 °C

Offset uncertainty < 1% 23 °C

Max. safe overload ± 50V long-term




Sensor supply +5V, 100mA

300mA (optional)

not isolated (reference: GND, CHASSIS)

The description of the HRENC-4 . 98


5.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels

Parameter Value (typ. / min. max.) Remarks

Inputs 4

Measurement modes 2 x voltage (±600V)

2 x voltage (±10V)

Samplerate/channel 5 0kHz (max)

Bandwidth 2 5 k H z -3 dB

Filter 5Hz .. 10 kHz, Bypass Butterworth (digital)low pass filter 6. order

AAF: Butterworth 6. orderwith fcutoff = 0,5 fs

Input ranges ± 0,5 V / ± 1 V / ± 2,5 V / ± 5V / ± 10 V / ± 25 V, ± 50 V / ± 100 V / ± 250 V /± 600 V

Isolation voltage 600 V CAT II

Overvoltage protection ±1000 Vpk long-term

Input coupling configuration DCdifferential, isolatedwith voltage divider

Input impedance 1MW

gain error 0.05% < 0.1%+50 ppm/K×DTa

23 °CDTa=|Ta -23°C|

ambient temp. Ta

Offset error 0.05% < 0.1%+50 ppm/K×DTa

23 °C

SNR (signal to noise ratio) TBD bandwidth 25 kHz

Connection terminal 8 * banana / 4 channels safety jacks

The description of the HV-4I . 100



5.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels / (non-isolated) volt. channels

Parameter Value (typ. / min. max.) Comments

current probe input ranges ±1A ... ±100 A depends on current probe or convertertype

voltage input range 0.3V / 1V / 3V / 10V

supply voltage for ext. current probesor sensors

1.5V ... 12.5Vmax. 120mA / channel

adjustable by means of external,"programmed-resistance"

surge protection ±60 V diff. input voltage, indefinite

input coupling configuration DCdifferential, not isolated

for connecting isolated current probesor converters

input resistance 1M

gain uncertaintynot counting probe uncertainty

0.05% < 0.1%+50 ppm/KTa

23 °C Ta=|Ta -23°C| ambient temp. Ta

offsetnot counting probe uncertainty

0.05% < 0.1%+50 ppm/KDTa

23 °C Ta=|Ta -23°C| ambient temp. Ta

SNR (signal to noise ratio) TBD bandwidth 25kHz

filter 5Hz .. 10kHz, bypass

analog bandwidth 24.81kHz -3dB

connector plug 4 * Mini-DIN8 / 4 channels specially adapted current probe:CRPL/STZ-30

The description of the HV-4I . 100


5.3.16 HV-2U2I, HV-4U Voltage / Current probe

Technical data (4 isolated analog inputs)


general

sampling frequency/ channel 100kHz

isolation strength 4.3kVeff 50Hz, 1min / 1000V CAT III 1

categoryimc CRONOS-PL-3imc CRONOS-PL-8imc CRONOS-PL-16

600 V CAT III 600V CAT III 600 V

CAT III



5Hz..10kHz



voltage measurement channels

input range 1000V, 500V, 250 V, ... , 2.5 V crest value

overvoltage strength 1450V long-term

input impedance 2.0 M 1%

input coupling DC isolated

gain uncertainty 0.02% 0.05%

5ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTaTa=|Ta -25°C|

ambient temperature Ta, steady-state

offset 0.02% 0.05%

5ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTaTa=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta,steady-state

isolation suppression130dB

76dB50dB

> 130dB

>74dB>48dB

isolation strength 500VeffDC

50Hz1kHz

measurement bandwidth 0 ... 6.5kHz <0.1%



voltage measurement channels

phase uncertainty 0 ... 2.5kHz <1°

signal noise<20mV

<2mV

input range ±250V and above

input range ±100V and below

channels for current measurement with current probes

input ranges 5 V, 2.5 V, 1 V, ... , 250 mV

overvoltage strength 100V long-term

input impedance 200 k 1% isolated


3ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTa

Ta=|Ta -25°C|

ambient temperature Ta,

steady-state

offset 0.02% 0.05%

3ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTaTa=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta,steady-s

isolation suppression> 130dB> 105dB> 80 dB

Isolation strength 500 VeffDC

50Hz1kHz

measurement bandwidth 0 ... 6.5kHz <0.1%

phase uncertainty 0 ... 2.5kHz <1°

signal noisenoise suppression

75µV> 86dB bandwidth 100Hz


current measurement with MN71 current probe

input range 10A≈, 5A≈, ... , 2.5A≈ RMS-values, crest factor <1.5

overload strength ≤200A≈

long-term, f≤ 1kHz,crest factor < 1.5

measurement uncertainty 0.3% 0.7% 1mA

50Hz, sine, line centered

TBDTa=|Ta -25°C|

ambient temperature Ta

measurement bandwidth 40Hz ... 6.5kHz <0.5%

phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5 kHz < 1°

signal-noise ratio TBD bandwidth 100 Hz



current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (2kA)

input range 2000A≈ RMS-values, crest factor <1.5

overload strength ≤3000A≈


measurement uncertainty 0.2 % 0.6% 1A

50Hz, sine, line centered andorthogonal

TBDTa=|Ta -25°C|


measurement bandwidth 40 Hz ... 6.5kHz < 0.6%

phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz < 1°

signal-noise TBD bandwidth 100Hz

current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (10kA)

input range 10kA≈ RMS-values, crest factor <1.5

overload strength ≤10kA≈


measurement uncertainty 0.2 % 0.6% 2A

50Hz, sine, line centered andorthogonal

TBDTa=|Ta -25°C|


measurement bandwidth 40 Hz ... 6.5kHz < 0.6%

phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz < 1°

signal-noise TBD bandwidth 100Hz

1 CAT III is the highest category for maximum utilization of the 1000V measurement range. That will be defined for eachmeasurement system and could possibly be less.

The description of the HV-4U, HV-2U2I . 102


5.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage / ICP


Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comment

channels 8

input coupling: ICP-mode (4 mA)DC voltage mode AC voltage mode

software-configurable

input configuration differentialsingle-end


input ranges50V, 25V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V,

..., 5 mV


2Hz..5kHz



for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2nd

orderBessel with fcutoff =0,4Hz is calculated *


filter cut-off frequency(-3 dB, high-pass)

0.37Hz1.0Hz

AC, differential, range ≤ 10VAC, differential, range ≥ 20V

connector plug BNC

TEDStransducer electronic data sheet

conform IEEE 1451.4 Class I Mixed Mode Interface

TEDS-data and analog signalshared-wire

sampling frequency/channel 100kHz

ICP-current sources 4.2mA / channel ± 10%, individual current sources

voltage swing max. 24V

input resistance (static) 960 k380 k

1.82 M0.67 M

20 M1 M

ICP, differential, range ≤ 10VICP, differential, range ≥ 20V

AC, differential, range ≤ 10VAC, differential, range ≥ 20V

DC, differential, range ≤ 10VDC, differential, range ≥ 20V

gain uncertainty0.02%

+20ppm/KTa

0.05%+80ppm/KTa

of readingTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

offset uncertainty 0.02% 0.05%0.06%

of range, in ranges:

> 50mV 50mV

drift60µV/KTa

0.06µV/KTa

100µV/KTa

0.3µV/KTa

> 10 V 10 VTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

isolation max. 50V to device ground (CHASSIS, protectionground) channels not mutually isolated




common mode rejectionranges

50V. . .10V5 V. . . 50mV25mV. . .5m V

62dB92dB

120 dB

>46dB>84dB

>100dB

common mode test voltage(50Hz): 50 V10 V10 V

noise0.4µVrms14nV/√Hz

bandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)



The description of the ICPU-8 . 106


5.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage / ICP


channels 16

input coupling: ICP-mode (4 mA)DC / AC voltage mode


input configuration differential; single-end software-configurable

input ranges10V, 5V, 2.5 V,

1V, 500mV, 250 mV


2Hz..5kHz



for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2. orderBessel with fcutoff =0,4Hz is calculated *

bandwidth0...5kHz

0...6.6kHz-0.1dB-3 dB (analogue 5. order AAF)

filter cut-off frequency 0.37Hz (-3 dB, high-pass) AC, differential

connector plug BNC

TEDStransducer electronic data sheet

conform IEEE 1451.4 Class I Mixed Mode Interface

TEDS-data and analog signalshared-wire

sampling frequency/channel 20kHz

ICP-current sources 4.2mA / channel ± 10%, individual current sources

voltage swing max. 24V

input resistance (static) 960 k

1.82 M

20 M

ICP, differential

AC, differential

DC, differential

gain uncertainty0.02%

+20ppm/KTa

0.05%+80ppm/KTa

of readingTa=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

offset uncertainty 0.02% 0.05%0.06%

of range, in ranges:> 50mV 50mV

drift 0.06µV/KTa 0.3µV/KTa Ta=|Ta -25°C|; ambient temp: Ta

isolation max. 50V to device ground(CHASSIS, protection ground)channels not mutually isolated

common mode rejectionranges 10V. . .2.5 V

1 V. . .250mV-90dB

-108dB-80dB-97dB

common mode test voltage: 10 V= and7Vrms, 50Hz

channel to channel crosstalkMB 10V. . .2.5 V

1 V. . .250mV-90dB

-116dB

test voltage: 10 V= und 7Vrms, 0...50Hz;range: 10V

noise 12µVrmsbandwidth:0.1Hz...1kHz



The description of the ICPU-16 . 109



5.3.19 ISO2-8 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)

Technical specs (8 differential isolated inputs)


inputs 8

measurement modes (DSUB) voltage

current

thermocouple, RTD (PT100)

ICP (current fed sensors)

measurement modes(LEMO)

voltageRTD (PT100)

sample rate ≤50kHz per channel

bandwidth 8kHz - 0.2 dB

filter cut-off frequency, order 2Hz..5kHz Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)low pass filter 8. order high pass filter 4. order band pass, LP 8. and HP 4. order


connector plug 2 *DSUB-15 / 4 channels

or


ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)ACC /DSUB-I4(-IP65)ACC /DSUB-ICP4(-IP65)ACC /DSUB-T4(-IP65)


conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-ICP4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-T4(-IP65)

voltage and current measurement

voltage input ranges ±50mV / ±100mV /±250mV / ±500mV / ±1V/ ±2V / ±5V / ±10V / ±25

V /±50V / ±60V

current input ranges ±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA ±10mA / ±20mA / ±40 mA

with shunt-plug (Shunt 50W) (ACC/DSUB-I4)

gain uncertainty < 0,025%

< 0,07%

< 0.05%

< 0.15%

voltage, 23°C

current with shunt-plug

offset uncertainty 2 LSB

non-linearity < 120 ppm range ±10V

gain drift 6 ppm/K

50 ppm/K

ranges ≤ ±2V

ranges ≥ ±5V

over fulltemperaturerange

offset drift 2.5 ppm/K over full temperature range



input voltage noise 2.5µVrms

20µVpp

bandwidth 0.1 … 1kHz

IMR (isolation mode rejection)

> 145dB (50Hz)

> 70dB (50Hz)

range ≤ ±2V

range ≥ ±5V

Rsource = 0Ω

channel isolation > 1GW, < 40pF

> 1GW, < 10pF

channel-to-ground

(protection ground)

channel-to-channel

channel isolation(crosstalk)

channel-to-channel

> 165dB (50Hz)

> 92dB (50Hz)

range ≤ ±2V

range ≥ ±5V

Rsource ≤ 100Ω


measurement range R, S, B, J, T, E, K, L, N according IEC 584

resolution 0.063K (1/16K)

measurement uncertainty < ±0.6K

< ±1.0K

type K, range -150…1200°C

else

temperature drift±0.02K/K×Ta

Ta= |Ta -25°C|


uncertainty of cold junctioncompensation

temperature drift ±0.001K/K×Ta

< ±0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4Ta= |Ta -25°C|


temperature measurement – PT100

measurement range -200…+850°C

-200…+250°C


measurement uncertainty < ±0.2K < ±0.05%

–200...+850°C, 4-wire connection

plus of reading

temperature drift ±0.01 K/K× Ta Ta= |Ta -25°C|;ambient temp. Ta

sensor feed (PT100) 250µA

general

isolation

nominal rating

test voltage

60V

300V (10 sec.)

channel to case (chassis)and channel-to-channel




overvoltage protection ±60 V

ESD 2kV

transient protection: automotive load dump

ISO 7636, Test impulse 6

differential input voltage(continuous)

human body model

test pulse 6 with max. –250V

Ri=30W, td=300µs, tr<60µs

input couplingconfiguration

DC, isolated (differential) galvanically isolated to System-GND (case, CHASSIS)

input impedance 10MW

1MW

50W

range ≤ +/-2V & temperature mode

range ≥ +/-5V and switched off

current mode (shunt-plug)(ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65))

input current

operating conditions

on overvoltage condition

1nA

1mA |Vin| > 5V on ranges < ±5Vor device powered-down


e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs

power-consumption of analog conditioning

2.0 W 2.4 W per 8 channels (no ICP-plug used)

Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional) .

The description of the ISO2-8 .

216

110


5.3.20 LV-16 Low Voltage


parameter typ. min. / max. test conditions / remarks

inputs 16 differential, non isolated

measurement modes(DSUB) - voltagecurrent- transducer with constant current supply

(e.g. ICP™-, DELTATRON®

-Sensors)

with shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)

with plug (ACC/DSUB-ICP4(-IP65))or special connector panel

measurement modes(LEMO) - voltagecurrent with external shunt

filter cut-off frequencycharacteristic, order

5kHz, 2kHz, 1kHz …, 2Hz

Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)low pass filter 8. order


s

sampling frequency /channel £20kHz total sampling frequency 320ksps

bandwidth0...5kHz

0...6.6kHz-0.1dB-3 dB (analogue 5. order AAF)

connector plug 4 plug DSUB-15,4 channels per plug

or1 plug DSUB-37,

16 channels per plug

or16* LEMO / 1 channel

ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-ICP4(-IP65)

ACC/DSUB-U16


conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 (-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)


input ranges±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V,

±1V, ±500mV, ±250 mV


input impedance 20MW ±1%differential,

> 10kΩ off-state


drift ±8ppm/K×DTa ±30ppm/K×DTaTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta





drift±18µV/K×DTa

±2µV/K×DTa

±45µV/K×DTa

±5µV/K×DTa

±10V. . .±2.5V±1 V. . .±250mVTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

max. common mode voltage ± 12 V

common mode rejectionranges ±10V. . .±2.5 V

±1 V. . .±250mV-90dB

-108dB-80dB-97dB

common mode test voltage: ±10 V=

and 7Vrms, 50Hz

channel to channel crosstalkMB ±10V. . .±2.5 V

±1 V. . .±250mV-90dB

-116dB

test voltage: ±10 V= und 7Vrms,

0...50Hz; range: ±10V

noise 12µVrmsbandwidth:0.1Hz...1kHz

current measurement

input ranges ±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA 50 Ω shunt in terminal plug

max. over load ±60 m A permanent

input configuration differential 50Ω shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)

gain: uncertainty drift 0.02%£0.06%£0.1%


±20ppm/K×DTa ±55ppm/K×DTaTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

offset: uncertainty drift 0.02% £0.05% of range

±30nA/K×DTa ±60nA/K×DTaTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta



The description of the LV-16 .

Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional).

113

151


5.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage / Current



inputs 8

measurement modes (DSUB): - voltage, current

- sensors with current supply

with shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)

with ICP extension plug

measurement modes (LEMO): - voltage, current with external shunt






or8* LEMO / 1 channel



conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 (-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)

voltage measurement


input ranges±50V, ±25V, ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±

1V, ..., ±5 mV


input coupling DC


input impedance 1MW20MW

±1%

differential> ± 10 V£ ± 10 V

gain uncertainty

0.02%

+20ppm/K×Ta

£0.05%

+80ppm/K×Ta

of reading

Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

offset uncertainty 0.02% £0.05%£0.06%

of range, in ranges:

> ± 50mV£ ± 50mV




drift±60µV/K×Ta

±0.06µV/K×Ta

±100µV/K×Ta

±0.3µV/K×Ta

> ± 10 V£ ± 10 VTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

common mode rejectionranges ±60V. . .± 25V

±10 V. . .± 50mV± 20mV. . .±5m V

62dB92dB

120 dB

>46dB>84dB

>100dB

common mode test voltage:± 50 V± 10 V± 10 V

noise0.4µVrms14nV/√Hz

bandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)

current measurement


input ranges±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA, ±2

mA, ±100µA50 Ω shunt in terminal plug

over load protection ±60 m A permanent

input configuration differential50 Ω shunt in terminal plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)



drift +20ppm/K×Ta +95ppm/K×Ta Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta


drift ±0.5nA/K×Ta ±5nA/K×Ta Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

The description of the LV2-8 .Technical specs of the Sensor supply (optional) .

115

216


5.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)

Technical specs (16 differential isolated inputs)


inputs 16

measurement modes(DSUB) voltage

current

thermocouple, RTD (PT100)

Standard-plug (ACC/DSUB-U4)

Shunt-plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)

Thermo-plug (ACC/DSUB-T4)

measurement modes(LEMO) voltage

current

RTD (PT100)

with external shunt

connection plugs 4 * DSUB-15 / 4 channels

or

16 * thermocouple plugs

ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-T4(-IP65)

only thermocouples


conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-T4(-IP65)

sample rate max. 5Hz (200ms) / channel internal: 2Hz (500ms) with additional Interpolation; max. allowable input signal frequency: 1Hz

sample rate, temperature 5Hz (200ms) / channel

2Hz (500ms) / channel

recommended max. for optimized 50Hz noise rejection

noise rejection @50Hz (± 2%)

5Hz (200ms)

2Hz (500ms)

34dB @ 49Hz / 51Hz

68dB @ 49Hz / 51Hz

max. bandwidth 1Hz -0.01dB for max. sample rate 5Hz (200ms)

settling max. 5 samples complete settling

as a response to input step

bandwidth / noise rejection /

max. input frequency

at sampling rate:

5Hz (200ms)

2Hz (500ms)

1Hz (1s)

bandwidth

-1dB

(fg)

1.0Hz

0.5Hz

0.25Hz

max.

signal

(f_s)

1Hz

0.5Hz

0.25Hz

noise

rejection≥60dB

(f_filt)

50Hz

48.5Hz

48.5Hz

aliasing restricted to narrow band:f_s ... f_filt

aliasing-free for frequencies beyond:

f_filt

(noise rejection ≥60dB)

voltage and current measurement

voltage input ranges ±50mV / ±100mV /±250mV / ±500mV / ±1V/ ±2V / ±5V / ±10V / ±25

V /±50V / ±60V

current input ranges ±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA ±10mA / ±20mA / ±40 mA

with shunt-plug (Shunt 50W) (ACC/DSUB-I4-(IP65))




gain uncertainty < 0,025%

< 0,07%

< 0.05%

< 0.15%

voltage, 23°C

current with shunt-plug

offset uncertainty < 0.05%

< 3µV

of range

whichever is greater

non-linearity < 30 ppm range ±10V

gain drift 6 ppm/K

36 ppm/K

ranges ≤ ± 2V

ranges ≥ ± 5V

over full temperaturerange

offset drift 3 ppm/K over full temperature range

input voltage noise

TBDµVrms

TBDVpkk

sampling rate TBD Hz

CMRR / IMR all sample rates

> 110dB (50Hz)

> 95dB (50Hz)

> 65dB (50Hz)

range ≤ ± 2V

range ≤ ± 2V

range ≥ ± 5V

Rsource = 0Ω

Rsource = 100Ω

channel-to-channel crosstalk

rejection

rejection of squarewave slopeson neigbouring channels

all sample rates

> 116dB (50Hz)

>101dB (50Hz)

>123dB @ sample rate 200ms

range ≤ ± 2V

range ≤ ± 2V

range ≤ ± 2V

Rsource = 0Ω

Rsource = 100Ω

Rsource = 100Ω

channel isolation < 50pF, <100 nA channel-to-ground (CHASSIS)

channel-to-channel

max. source impedance 5kW


measurement range R, S, B, J, T, E, K, L, N according IEC 584


measurement uncertainty

< ±0.5K±0.05%

type K, range -150…1200°C

plus of reading

temperature drift±0.02K/K×Ta

Ta= |Ta -25°C|;



temperature drift ±0.001K/K×DTj

< ±0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4DTj= |Tj -25°C|


sensor detect reading “-2000°C”

at open input



temperature measurement – PT100

measurement range -200…+850°C

-200…+250°C


measurement uncertainty < ±0.1K ±0.05%

–200...+850°C, 4-wire connection

plus of reading

temperature drift ±0.01 K/K× DTaTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

sensor feed (PT100) 250µA nicht-isoliert

general

isolation

nominal rating

test voltage

60V

300V (10 sec.)

channel to case (chassis)and channel-to-channel

overvoltage protection ±60 V

ESD 2kV

transient protection: automotive load dump

ISO 7636, Test impulse 6

differential input voltage (continuous)

human body model

test pulse 6 with max. –250V

Ri=30W, td=300µs, tr<60µs

input couplingconfiguration

DC, isolated (differential) electrically isolated to system-GND (case,CHASSIS)

input impedance 10MW

1MW

50W

voltage mode (range ≤ +/-2V),temperature mode

voltage mode (range ≥ +/-5V)

current mode (shunt-plug)

Input current:

static

dynamic

on overvoltage condition

1nA (typ.)

0.1mA (typ.)

30nA (typ.)

10nA (max.)

1.5mA (max.)

600nA (max.)

1.5mA

dynamic currents: scanner-device!

Settled current at time of sampling

peak dynamic input current

(typ. @100mV, max. @2V)

average dynamic input current

(typ. @100mV, max. @2V)

|Vin| > 7V in range <= ±2V

or device powered-down


conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

power-consumption of analog conditioning

1.2 W per 16 channels

fraction of total system power

default sensor supply (standard feature)

range +5V, 250mA / 4 channels non-isolated, short circuit proof

The description of the OSC-16 . Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional). 118 151



5.3.23 SC2-32 Scanner



inputs 32 differential, non isolated

measurement modes (DSUB): voltage

current

transducer with constantcurrent supply (e.g. ICP™-,

DELTATRON®-Sensors)1

with plug (ACC/DSUB-ICP4) or specialconnector panel

measurement modes (LEMO): voltage

current with external shunt

filter cut-off frequencycharacteristic, order

50kHz, 20kHz, 10kHz ... 10Hz

Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)low pass filter 8. order


sampling frequency /channel £100kHz total sampling frequency 400ksps

bandwidth0...20kHz0...28kHz

-0.1dB-3 dB (analogue 5. order AAF)


or2 plug DSUB-37,

16 channels per plug

or



ACC/DSUB-U16(-IP65)


conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot

voltage measurement

input ranges±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V,

±1V, ±500mV, ±250 mV


input impedance 20MW ±1%differential,

> 10kΩ off-state


drift ± 8ppm/K×DTa ± 30ppm/K×DTaTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta




drift±20µV/K×DTa

±1.7µV/K×DTa

±40µV/K×DTa

±3µV/K×DTa

±10V. .± 2,5mV±1 V. . .± 250mVTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

max. common mode voltage ± 12 V

common mode rejectionranges ±10V... ±2.5V

±1V... ±250mV-87dB

-107dB-72dB-92dB

common mode test voltage: ± 10 V= and7Vrms, 50Hz

channel to channel crosstalkranges ±10V... ±2.5V

±1V... ±250mV-98dB

-116dB

test voltage: ± 10 V= and 7Vrms, 0...1kHz;range: ± 10V

noise 23µVrms

23µVrms

30µVrms

30µVrms

bandwidth:0.1Hz...10kHz0.1Hz...1kHz

current measurement

input ranges ±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA 50 Ω shunt in terminal plug

max. over load ±60 m A permanent

input configuration differential 50Ω shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)



drift ± 20ppm/K×DTa ± 55ppm/K×DTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta


drift ±30nA/K×DTa ±80nA/K×DTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta



1ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibratio; PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.

The description of the SC2-32 . Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional). 125 151



5.3.24 SYNTH-8 Synthesizer

Technical specs (8 analog outputs)

Parameter typ. min. / max.

Analog outputs

Outputs 8

Output level ±10V

Connection plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 8 channels CRPL/DSUB-SYNTH(-IP65)

Total memory depth for allsegments 490.000 samples with time track

1.960.000 equidistant samples

imc Format (*.DAT or *.RAW)

Load current ±10mA max.

Resolution 16Bit

Linearity Max. 4 LSB

14Bit no missing codes

Analog bandwidth 50kHz -3dB, 2. order, low-pass

Max. output frequency 160kHz aggregate output frequency

Max. output frequency withinterpolation double/ tripleintegral

4kHzper signal

Accuracy ± 4 LSB (16bits) 25°C

Offset < 10mV < 17mV 25°C

Offset drift0.06mV /K

Total offset < 20mV whole temperature range

Gain uncertainty< 0.29%

Gain drift25ppm /K

Total gain uncertainty < 0.8% over entire temperature range

Digital inputs

Channels 2 isolated, common reference potential(“LCOM”)

Input configuration single-end common reference: “LCOM”

Input level TTL / CMOS or 24V logic configurable by means of wirejumper ("DILEVEL"-"LCOM") in theconnector plug

The description of the SYNTH-8 . 127


5.3.25 UNI-8 Universal module


inputs 8

measurement modes (DSUB): voltage measurements

current measurement

current feed measurement*


thermocouples

thermocouples, isolated

temperature sensor PT100 (3- and 4-line)

bridge-sensor


with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2 orsingle ended

*ICP™-, DELTATRON®

-, PIEZOTRON®

1-Sensors with imc plugACC/DSUB-ICP2.

the thermocouple has nolow-impedance connection to thedevice ground.

measurement modes (LEMO): voltage measurements


current measurement

PT100 (3- and 4-line)

bridge-sensor


single-ended or external shunt




s


sampling rate 100kHz per channel

connector plug

standard

4 plug DSUB-15,2 channels per plug

or

8 * LEMO /1 channel

ACC/DSUB-UNI2(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)ACC/DSUB-ICP2(-IP65)


conform IEEE 1451.4

Class II MMI

ACC/DSUB-TEDS-UNI2(-IP65) ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I2(-IP65) ACC/DSUB-TEDS-B2(-IP65)

voltage measurement

voltage input range 50V, 25V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V... 5 m

V

surge protection 80V differential (long term)

input coupling DC




input impedance1MΩ

20MΩ1%

differentialinput range > 10 Vinput range 10 V

gain uncertainty 0.02% 0.05% of reading

+20ppm/KTa +80ppm/KTaTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

offset 0.02% 0.05%0.06%

of measurement range

input range > 50mVinput range 50mV

drift60µV/KTa

0.06µV/KTa

100µV/KTa

0.3µV/KTa

> 10 V 10 VTa= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

common mode rejectionranges60V. . .20V10 V. . . 50mV20mV. . .5m V

62dB92dB

120 dB

>46dB>84dB

>100dB

common mode test voltage:

50 V10 V10 V

noise(RTI)

0.4µVrms14nV/√Hz

bandwidth 0.1...1kHz

current measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments

current input range50mA, 20mA, 10mA, 5mA, 2mA, 1

mA

with 50Ω shunt in terminal plug

or 120Ω internally

over current protection 60mA long term

input configurationdifferential

single-end

with 50Ω shunt in terminal plug

or 120Ω internally

gain uncertainty 0.02% 0.06% of reading

+20ppm/KTa +95ppm/KTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

offset 0.02% 0.05% Of measurement range

0.5nA/KTa 5nA/KTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

bridge measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments

bridge measurementmodes

full bridgehalf bridge

quarter bridge5V bridge excitation voltage only

bridge input range 1000mV/V, 500mV/V, 200mV/V, 100

mV/V... 0.5mV/VVB = 10V

input impedance 20MΩ 1% differential, full bridge



drift +20ppm/KTa +80ppm/KTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

offset uncertainty 0.01% 0.02%of input range after automatic bridgebalancing

drift +16nV/V/KTa +0.2µV/V/KTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

bridge excitation voltage10V5V

0.5%



120Ω, 10mH full bridge

60Ω, 5mH half bridge

5kΩ

cable resistance forbridges (without return line)

< 6Ω

< 12Ω

10 V excitation 120Ω

5 V excitation 120Ω

temperature measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments

thermocouple measurement

input range J, T, K, E, N, S, R, Baccording IEC 584

resolution: ca. 0.1K

uncertainty

drift +0.02 K/KTa

0.05%0.05%

+0.05 K/KTaa

type K

of measurement range of reading

Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta


drift 0.001K/KTj

< 0.15K

with „ACC/DSUB-T4“

Tj = |Tj -25°C|


input impedance 20 MΩ 1 % differential

PT100

input range -200...850 °C-200...250°C

resolution: ca. 0.1Kca. 0.1K

uncertainty< 0.25 K

+0.02%

< 0.1 K+0.02%

4-wire measurement:

-200...850 °Cof reading

-200...250°Cof reading

+0.01 K/KTa Ta= |Ta -25°C|; ambient temp. Ta

sensor feed (PT100) 1.23mA

1ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration.;PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.

The description of the UNI-8 ; Technical specs of the Sensor supply . 128 216



5.3.26 Field bus

Note

There is no special limitation to the number of field bus channels. But the maximum number of all channels(analogue, field bus, virtual) is 512.

5.3.26.1 ARINC-bus Interface (CRPL/ARINC)

Parameter value (min / max) Comments

number of Rx-channels 8

channels <512 per device

connector plug arbitrary according to agreement by adapter plug

transfer protocol ARINC 429

Low (12,5 kbit/s)

High (100 kbit/s)


max voltage for each Rx connector 29V to system ground (protection ground)

5.3.26.2 CAN-BUS Interface


number of CAN-nodes 2

channels <512 for each device

connector plug 2x DSUB-9

transfer protocol CAN High Speed1 MBaud (ISO 11898)

CAN Low Speed125 KBaud (ISO 11519)

Standard

custom version upon request

With CAN2, it is possible use theprogram to configure every node eitheras CAN High Speed or CAN LowSpeed.

max. cable length at data transferrate

MCAN

CAN2

15m at 1000kBit/s80m at 500kBit/s

25m at 1000kBit/s90m at 500kBit/s

CAN High Speeddelay of cable 5.7ns/m

from imcDevices version 2.6R1

Termination resistance(only with CAN2)

120 Ohm Termination resistance can be activatedfor each node by software.

isolation strength ±50V to system ground (protection ground)


5.3.26.3 LIN-BUS Interface


number of LIN-nodes 2

channels < 512 per device

connector plug 2x DSUB-9 per module for each of LIN_IN / LIN_OUT

transfer protocol LIN 2.0, LIN 1.3

1-20 kBaud adjustable

both LIN specifications can worktogether on one module.


5.3.26.4 J1587-BUS Interface


number of J1587 plugs 1

channels <512 per device

connector plug 1 x DSUB-9

transfer protocol J1587

RS485






5.4 Accessories

5.4.1 imc Alphanumeric Display

Parameter M/DISPLAY M/DISPLAY-L

Display 40 characters, 4 visible lines, 32 lines total

Dimensions (W x L x H in mm)without interconnections

220 x 105 x 30146 x 28.5

350 x 168 x 25244 x 68

Weight approx. 0.5kg approx. 1.3kg

Cable length (DSUB-9) max. 6m (0,14mm² cross section) max. 30m (acc. RS232 spec.)

Supply voltage from measurement device Power supply unit: 9-36VDC

Power consumption 1.2W 18W

Interconnections DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device3-pin linker (metal) for external current supply

Not supported by busDAQ-II and CRONOS-PL/SL based on MultiIO.The description of the Alphanumeric Display .

5.4.2 imc Graphics Display

Parameter Color Display BW Display Inbuilt Display

Display 5,7² TFT 5,7² FSTN 3,2² FSTN

Colors 65536 16 gray scale colors

Resolution 320 x 240 320 x 240 160 x 80

Backlight CCFL LED LED

line of vision 6 o’clock

Contrast (typ.) 350 :1 5:1

Brightness (typ.) >280cd/m2 60cd/m2 80cd/m2

Dimensions (mm, W x H x D) 192 x160 x30 100 x 54 x 11

Weight approx. 1kg approx. 0,5kg

Supply voltage 9-36VDC6 - 50VDC upon request

internal

Cable length (DSUB-9) max. 30m (acc. RS232 spec.) internal

Power consumption with 100% backlight approx.6.0W

with 50% backlight approx. 3.6W

approx. 1.9W approx. 1.4W

approx. 0.65W approx. 0,57W

Temperature range default extended t.range

-20°C ... +65°C-30°C ... +70°C

Interconnections DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device3-pin linker (metal) for external current supply

internal

System prerequisites Group 2/3 measurement devices from imc, as per imcDevices manualimcDevices software from Version 2.5

147


Parameter Color Display BW Display Inbuilt Display

Miscellaneous 150MHz ARM9 processor, 8MB Flash, 16MB RAM,embedded Linux; Data transfer from measurement devicevia BlueTooth (upon request); Membrane touch panel with15 buttonsRobust metal frame; Anti-reflection coated glass pane toprotect Display

7 buttons

The description of the imc Graphics Display . 147



5.4.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug

Parameter Value (min / max) Comments

for use with channel types: LV-8, LV2-8, SC2-32, ISO2-8BR-4, DCB-8, UNI-8

DSUB-15 plug

inputs

2

4

differential, not isolated

ACC/DSUB-ICP2

ACC/DSUB-ICP4

input coupling DCICP

current source, high pass filter 1.order

voltage measurement

input voltage max.

voltage

ICP

60V

-3V...50V3V

permanent to chassis

at +IN1, ..., +IN2 bzw. +IN4at -IN1, ..., -IN2 bzw. +IN4

input impedancevoltage

ICP

1M10 M

0.33M0.91M

differential

single-ended

ICP™-, DELTATRON®-, PIEZOTRON®-Sensoren1

Highpass cutoff frequency 2.2Hz

0.80Hz

-3 dB, AC, differentiell, entsprechendder Messbereichsgruppen derverwendeten Messeingänge

ICP-current source 4.2mA 10 %

voltage swing 25V >24V

Source impedance 280k >100k

1ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibratio; PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.

The description of the ICP-expansion plug .143


5.4.4 ACC/DSUB-ESD expansion plug

Accessories: Intermediate filter-plug for ESD suppression on BR-4 or UNI-8 modules.Technical data (2 channels)

Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / remarks.

suitable for modules CRPL/BR-4

CRPL/UNI-8; CANSAS UNI8

DSUB-15 connectors

Vb ≤ 5V

inputs 2 for fully equipped bridge channelswith 6 leads / channel

ESD-filter

T-Filter:ferrite – capacitor - ferrite

ferrite: 120W @100MHzcapacitor: 100pF

all inputs and outputs

DC-resistance (ferrite) 250 mW500 m A

transient overvoltageprotection: ± IN inputs ±SENSE inputs

gas discharge tube(surge arrester):

DC sparc-over voltage: typ. ±90V

transient overvoltageprotection ±VB, +5V outputs

transient voltage suppressor:max. ±7.25V @10mA

max. 2mA leakage @±5V

connector DSUB-15 intermediate connector(male / female)

The description of the ACC/DSUB-ESD expansion plug

5.4.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals

Accessory: connector for incremental sensors with currents signals for use with an incremental encoderinterface

Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / Remarks

usable with CRPL/ENC-4

CRPL/HRENC-4

C-Serie/ENC-4

CANSAS/INC4

DSUB-15 connector

inputs 4 + 1 differential, non isolated

input coupling DC

range

4 basic channels:

1 index channel:

12 µ A

24 µ A

146



Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / Remarks

sensitivity

4 basic channels:

1 index channel:

Vout = - 0.2V / µA

Vout = - 0.1V / µA

input impedance

4 basic channels:

1 index channel:

200 k

100 k

voltage output differentialdifferential signal „+Vout“ – „-Vout“analyzed by the INC-4 module

output levelapprox. 0 .. 5V

+Vout = 2.5V - 0.2V / µA

-Vout = 2.5Vbasic channels

analog bandwidth

4 basic channels:

1 index channel:

80k H z

50k H z

supply:

connector

external sensors

5V, 5mA, 25mW

5V, max. 170mA

supplied by the INC-4 module:

DSUB15(14) VCC

DSUB16(7) = GND

connector plug DSUB-15 with screw clamp in theconnector housing

Description for incremental sensors with current signals. 97


5.4.6 STZ-30 (current probe)

Technical specs (current probe)

Parameter Value (min / max) Comments

for use with channel types current probe channels (C/HV4-I4) Mini-DIN8 plug

channel count 1

input ranges ±3A, ±10A, ±30A when used with current probe channels

overload protection 500A

voltage range 50V in conjunction with current probechannels (CRPL/HV4-I4)suited for applications with isolated linesin high-voltage systems

max. diameter of measured lead

19mm

scaling 0.1V / A

output level ±3V

supply battery 9V, internal battery lifetime: 30 h

input coupling DC

analog bandwidth 100kHz - 0.5dB

accuracy 1% of measurement value 2mA

DC

gain-drift 100ppm / °C



5.4.7 SUPPLY Sensor supply module

Technical specs (sensor supply ) for /UNI-8, DCB-8, LV2-8, LV-16 SC2-32, C-8, ISO2-8, OSC-16


configuration options 5 adjustable ranges

output voltage Voltage

+5.0V

+10V

+12V

+15V

+24 V

±15V

Current

580mA

300mA

250mA

200mA

120mA

100mA

Net power

2.9W

3.0W

3. 0W

3.0W

2.9W

3W

selected globally for 8-channel groups

option, replaces unipolar +15Vupon request for UNI-8, DCB-81 andC-8

Isolation Standard:

option, upon request:

non isolated

isolated

output to case (CHASSIS)

Nominal rating: 50V, Test voltage(10sec.): 300V, not available withoption ±15V.

short-circuit protection unlimited duration to reference ground of output voltage

precision of output voltage < 0.25% (typ.)< 0.5% (max.)

< 0.9% (max ).

25°C25°C

over full temperature range2

compensation of cableresistance (UNI-8, DCB-8 only)

3-wire control:SENSE line as refeed( –VB: supply ground)

provided for 5V and 10V.Calculated compensation for bridges(no voltage adjustment) prerequisites:1) symmetric supply and return lines,2) identical lines for all channels,3) representative measurement atChannel 1

efficiency typ. 72%typ. 66%

typ. 55%typ. 50%

10V, ..24V none isolated 5V

10V, ..24V isolated 5V

capacitive load (max.) >4000µF

> 1000µF

> 300µF

2.5V, ..10V

12V, 15V

24V

operating temp. range -20°C ... +85°C

The description of the SUPPLY module .

5.4.8 Sensor supply module CRPL/SEN-SUPPLY

Like SUPPLY , 8 voltages adjustable by a selection switch. (5V, 7.5V, 10V; 12V; 15V, 24V; 2.5 and ±15Vas an option)

Default not isolated, isolated as an option.If the module is equipped with ±15V, the module is not available with the isolated option.

151

216


5.4.9 Synchronization and time base

Parameter value typical min. / max. Comments

time base per device without external synchronization

not balanced (default) 50ppm @ 25°C (== accuracy ofinternal time base)

balanced (with GPS) 1µs (1ppm) @ 25°C (POLARES, only)

Drift 20ppm 50ppm

ageing 10ppm @ 25°C, 10 years

accuracy of time base with external synchronization

synchronized with GPS-signal, GPS accuracy

synchronized with DCF-signal DCF-accuracy

synchronization for several devices with DCF

DCF accuracy 1 Sample 3ms(max.) TTL-level, short circuit proof,none isolated

jitter (max.) 8µs

max. cable length 200m for cable RG58

max. number of devices 20 slaves only

common mode 0V module ISOSYNC withpotential difference

ISOSYNC with different potentials

isolation strength 1000V 1 minute

delay 5µs @ 25°C

temperature range -35...+80°C

max. cable length 200m for cable RG58

max. number of devices 20 slaves only

For description see imcDevices manual and here . 151



5.4.10 DC-12/24 USV

Technical specs (USV)

Parameter Value (min / max) Comment

input supply 10..36V DC

internal battery voltage 24V

max. buffer duration > 8min depending on device model (totalpower ≤ 110W )

buffer time constant 30sec. the duration of a continuous outagewhich triggers device deactivation.Other configurations upon request

effective buffer capacity ≥ 15 W h typ. 23°C, battery fully charged

minimum charging time for 1 min. buffer duration

≤ 10min. for empty battery, depending on devicemodel (total power ≤ 110W)

charging time ratio buffer time * (total power/ 12W) more charging power available in shortterm

charging time for empty battery 24h device activated!


5.5 Connection

5.5.1 DSUB-15 plugs Pin configuration

With only a few exceptions (high voltage channels, current probes), all the measurement channels'terminals are DSUB-15 sockets. All measurement channels are connected at standard DSUB-15sockets, with the exception of the ICP-channels (BNC). The connection can be made with standardDSUB-15 plugs (male). However, the special imc-plugs include in the product package are designedfor ease and efficiency of use. The plug housing contains screw terminals for direct connection oflines without requiring soldering. For most measurement configurations the Standard terminalplugs are used, which are essentially 1:1 adapters for connecting DSUB-15 to the screw terminals.Adhesive labels designed to denote the signal types can be attached to the appropriate channelgroups' plugs. Aside from that, however, these plug are electrically identical. There are also specialplugs which offer additional functionality besides converting DSUB-pins to screw terminals. Theterminals are optimized for cables of max. 1mm² cross-section.

The special thermo-plug (ACC/DSUB-T4) is needed for temperature-measurements. This plugcontains an internal PT100 sensor for cold-junction compensation within its housing. It containsadditional "auxiliary" clamps for connecting PT100's in 4-wire-configuration, whereby the referencecurrent circuit is already pre-wired internally. The thermo-plugs for the various temperature modulesare not necessarily identical or thus interchangeable!

The Shunt-plug for current measurement with the isolated voltage channels (ACC/DSUB-I4) comeswith built-in 50 shunts. For direct display of the measurement results as current, this value must beentered in the settings interface as the scaling factor.

The ICP expansion plugs (ACC/DSUB-ICP) provide 4 isolated supply current sources and acapacitive coupling. There are 2- and 4-channel models.

The universal plug for the UNI-8 module contains a PT1000 temperature sensor for thermocouplemeasurement. If these functions aren't required, a standard DSUB-15 plug can also be used for anyother measurement types.Cable shielding must always be connected to "CHASSIS" (DSUB housing,Pin1 or Terminals T15, T16). Some plugs provide VCC (5V), which can be loaded with 135mA perplug.

Older plugs called CRPL/DSUB and have been redesigned to ACC/DSUB plugs. New modules areequipped with that type only. In the following overview tables the pin configuration for CRPL- andACC/DSUB-15 plugs are listed for all modules and measurement types. There is also a crossreference to see which CRPL-plug is compatible to ACC.

The general scheme for the pin configuration of different channel types is shown in the table below,where the "relative channel serial number" refers to the respective channel group plug. Thearrangement of the "absolute channel serial number" can be derived from the channel overview.These are labeled on the device's front panel or above the terminal sockets.

Note on the screw terminals used in the terminal plugs: the terminal's screw heads are only in secureelectrical contact once they have been tightened onto a connection wire. Therefore, measurements(for instance, using multimeter test prods) to check "loose" terminals can seem to indicate badcontacts!



5.5.1.1 Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD)

measurement mode(labeled inside)

VOLTAGE BRIDGE ANALOG OUT SYNTH

compatible module typeCRPL

C-8, ISO2-8, LV2-8, LV-16,OSC-16, SC2-32

UNI-8, DCB-8 DAC-8 SYNTH-8

name: ACC/DSUB -U4 -B2 -DAC4 -SYNTH

DSUB-15 Pin terminals

9 1 (RES.) +VB1 DO0

2 2 +IN1 +IN1 DAC1 OUT1

10 3 -IN1 -IN1 AGND AGND

3 4 (+SUPPLY) -VB1 DO1

11 5 +IN2 +SENSE1_1/4B1* DAC2 OU2

4 6 -IN2 SENSE1 AGND Vcc5

12 7 (-SUPPLY) +VB2 HCOM

5 8 +IN3 +IN2 DAC3 OUT3

13 9 -IN3 -IN2 AGND AGND

6 10 (GND) -VB2 DIO

14 11 +IN4 +SENSE2_1/4B2 DAC4 OUT4

7 12 -IN4 SENSE2 AGND LCOM

15 14 (GND) GND DI_LEVEL/DG

8 17 (+5V)** +5V OPDRN

housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS*UNI-8 and DCB-8 don’t use a positive sense. For them this pin is used for the quarter brigde completion. **+5V for C-8 not available.


INC.-ENCODER DIGITALIN

DIGITALIN

DIGITALIN

DIGITALOUT

DIGITALOUT

REMOTE


ENC-4HRENC-4

DI16-DO8-ENC4

DI-16 DI16-DO8-ENC4

DI16-DO8-ENC4

DO-16DI16-DO8-

ENC4

DO-HC-16

comments INDEX only onCON2

Vcc only onHCOM of CON2

Rev.2 Rev.3 devicePL/8, PL/16

name: ACC/DSUB -ENC4 -DI8 -DI2-8 -DI4-8 -DO8 -DO8

DSUB-15 Pin terminals

9 1 +INA BIT1 +IN1 +IN1 BIT1 BIT1OFF

2 2 -INA BIT2 +IN2 +IN2 BIT2 BIT2SWITCH

10 3 +INB BIT3 -IN1/2 +IN3 BIT3 BIT3ON

3 4 -INB BIT4 +IN3 +IN4 BIT4 BIT4ON1

11 5 +INC BIT5 +IN4 -IN1/2/3/4 BIT5 BIT5-BATT

4 6 -INC BIT6 -IN3/4 +IN5 BIT6 BIT6

12 7 +IND BIT7 +IN5 +IN6 BIT7 BIT7

5 8 -IND BIT8 +IN6 +IN7 BIT8 BIT8

13 9 +INDEX CLK -IN5/6 +IN8 HCOM_1-4

6 10 -INDEX +IN7 -IN5/6/7/8 LCOM_1-4

14 11 +5V HCOM +IN8 HCOM HCOM HCOM_5-8

7 12 GND LCOM -IN7/8 LCOM LCOM LCOM_5-8

15 14 LCOM LEVEL LCOM LCOM LCOM

8 17 LEVEL LCOM LEVEL OPDRN OPDRN

housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS


5.5.1.2 TEDS plugs (ACC/DSUB-TEDS)


VOLTAGE CURRENT CURRENT TH-COUPLE/ RTD

UNIVERSAL BRIDGE

compatible moduletype CRPL

C-8, ISO2-8,LV2-8, LV-16,

OSC-16,SC2-32

C-8, ISO2-8,LV2-8, LV-16,

OSC-16,SC2-32

UNI-8DCB-8

ISO2-8C-8

OSC-16UNI-8

UNI-8DCB-8

name ACC/DSUB- TEDS-U4 TEDS-I4 TEDS-I2 TEDS-T4 TEDS-UNI2 TEDS-B2

terminals shunt int ernal in amp

1 (RES.) (RES.) +SUPPLY1 +IREF +VB1 +VB1

2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1

3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1

4 (+SUPPLY) (+SUPPLY) -SUPPLY1 -VB1 -VB1

5 +IN2 +IN2 +SENSE1 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 +SENSE1_1/4B1

6 -IN2 -IN2 -SENSE1 -IN2 -SENSE1 -SENSE1

7 (-SUPPLY) (-SUPPLY) +SUPPLY +VB2 +VB2

8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN2 +IN3 +IN2 +IN2

9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN2 -IN3 -IN2 -IN2

10 GND GND -SUPPLY2 -IREF -VB2 -VB2

11 +IN4 +IN4 +SENSE2 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 +SENSE2_1/4B2

12 -IN4 -IN4 -SENSE2 -IN4 -SENSE2 -SENSE2

13 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1

14 TEDS2 TEDS2 (GND) TEDS2 (GND) GND

15 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS

16 TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND

17 TEDS3 TEDS3 (+5V) TEDS3 (+5V) (+5V)

18 TEDS4 TEDS4 TEDS2 TEDS4 TEDS2 TEDS2



5.5.1.3 Special plugs (ACC/DSUB-)


TH-COUPLE/RTD

UNIVERSAL CURRENT CURRENT ICP ICP


C-8ISO2-8OSC-16

UNI-8

C-8, ISO2-8,LV2-8, LV-16,

OSC-16,SC2-32

UNI-8, DCB-8BR-4

(special also:ISO2-8, C-8, LV2-8)

LV2-8,ISO2-8SC2-32

BR-4DCB-8UNI-8

name ACC/DSUB -T4 * -UNI2 -I4 -I2 -ICP4 -ICP2terminals

1 +I1 +VB1 (RES.) +SUPPLY1 +ICP1 +ICP1

2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 -ICP1 -ICP1

3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 +ICP2

4 +I2 -VB1 (+SUPPLY) -SUPPLY1 -ICP2

5 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 +IN2 (+SENSE1) +ICP3 +ICP2

6 -IN2 SENSE1 -IN2 -SENSE1 -ICP3 -ICP2

7 +I3 +VB2 (-SUPPLY) +SUPPLY2 +ICP4

8 +IN3 +IN2 +IN3 +IN2 -ICP4

9 -IN3 -IN2 -IN3 -IN2

10 -I4 -VB2 (GND) -SUPPLY2

11 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 +IN4 (+SENSE2)

12 -IN4 SENSE2 -IN4 -SENSE2

13 -I1

14 -I2 GND (GND) (GND) CHASSIS CHASSIS



17 -I3 +5V (+5V ) (+5V ) AGND AGND

18 +I4*Can be used for voltage measurement, too.


5.5.1.4 Standard plugs (CRPL/DSUB-STD)


VOLTAGE VOLTAGESUPPLY

VOLTAGECURRENT

BRIDGE BRIDGEVOLTAGE


C-8, ISO2-8,LV2-8, LV-16,

OSC-16,SC2-32

ISO-8, C-8LV2-8

LV-8 DCB-8UNI-8

BR-4

comments DSUB(1): n.c. SUPPLY:optional

internal current-shuntinside amplifier

DSUB-15 Pin Contact

9 1 +IREF +I1 +VB1 +VB1

2 2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1

10 3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1

3 4 +SUPPLY +I2 -VB1 -VB1

11 5 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 -SENSE1

4 6 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2 SENSE1 +SENSE1

12 7 -SUPPLY +I3 +VB2 +VB2

5 8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN3 +IN2 +IN2

13 9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN3 -IN2 -IN2

6 10 -IREF +I4 -VB2 -VB2

14 11 +IN4 +IN4 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 -SENSE2

7 12 -IN4 -IN4 -IN4 SENSE2 +SENSE2

15 14 GND GND GND GND GND

8 17 +5V +5V** +5V +5V +5V

housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS

**+5V for C-8 not available.


ENCODER INC. ENCODER DIGITALIN

DIGITALOUT

ANALOGOUT

REMOTE


ENC-4 INK-4 DI-16 DO-16 DAC-8

comments INDEX only onsecond socket

Vcc atHCOM only

devicesPL-8, PL-16

DSUB-15 Pin Contact at CON 2

9 1 +IN1X +IN1Y BIT1 BIT1 OFF

2 2 -IN1X +IN1X BIT2 BIT2 DAC1 SWITCH

10 3 +IN1Y -IN1 BIT3 BIT3 AGND ON

3 4 -IN1Y +IN2Y BIT4 BIT4 ON1

11 5 +IN2X +IN2X BIT5 BIT5 DAC2 -BATT

4 6 -IN2X -IN2 BIT6 BIT6 AGND

12 7 +IN2Y +IN3Y BIT7 BIT7

5 8 -IN2Y +IN3X BIT8 BIT8 DAC3

13 9 +INDEX -IN3 CLK AGND

6 10 -INDEX +IN4Y

14 11 +5V +IN4X HCOM HCOM DAC4

7 12 GND -IN4 LCOM LCOM AGND

15 14 SYNC LCOM LCOM

8 17 +5V LEVEL OPDRN

housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS



5.5.1.5 Special plugs (CRPL/DSUB-)


TEMPERTURE TEMPERATURE/RTD

UNIVERSAL

CURRENT CURRENT-2

compatible moduletype CRPL

ISO2-8 C-8 UNI-8DCB-8

C-8, ISO2-8,LV2-8, LV-16,

OSC-16, SC2-32

UNI-8DCB-8BR-4

commentsterminals

1 +I1 +I1 +VB1 +IREF +SUPPLY1

2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1

3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1

4 +I2 +I2 -VB1 +SUPPLY -SUPPLY1

5 +IN2 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 +IN2

6 -IN2 -IN2 SENSE1 -IN2

7 +I3 +I3 +VB2 -SUPPLY +SUPPLY2

8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN2 +IN3 +IN2

9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN2 -IN3 -IN2

10 -I4 -I4 -VB2 -IREF -SUPPLY2

11 +IN4 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 +IN4

12 -IN4 -IN4 SENSE2 -IN4

13 -I1 -I1

14 -I2 -I2 GND AGND AGND

17 -I3 -I3 +5V +5V +5V

18 +I4 +I4

15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS


ICP (VOLTAGE) ICP (VOLTAGE)

compatible module type CRPLLV-8, LV2-8,

ISO2-8, SC2-32BR-4, DCB-8

UNI-8

comments ACC/DSUB-ICP4 ACC/DSUB-ICP2terminals

1 +ICP1 +ICP1

2 -ICP1 -ICP1

3 +ICP2

4 -ICP2

5 +ICP3 +ICP2

6 -ICP3 -ICP2

7 +ICP4

8 -ICP4

14 CHASSIS CHASSIS

17 AGND AGND

15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS


5.5.2 SC2-32

5.5.2.1 Variety 8 x DSUB 15



5.5.2.2 Variety 2 x DSUB 37


5.5.3 DSUB-9 plugs

5.5.3.1 DSUB-9 connectors for field bus

5.5.3.1.1 CAN-Bus

DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in busDAQ

1 nc optional supply 7V..13V unused

2 CAN_L dominant low bus line connected

3 CAN_GND CAN Ground connected

4 nc reserved unused

5 nc optional CAN Shield unused

6 CAN_GND optional CAN Ground connected

7 CAN_H dominant high bus line connected

8 nc reserved (error line) unused


5.5.3.1.2 J1587-Bus

DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in busDAQ


2 TX/RX + J1587 bus line connected

3 TX/RX - J1587 Ground connected

4 Nc reserved unused


6 TX/RX + J1587 bus line connected

7 TX/RX - J1587 Ground connected



5.5.3.1.3 LIN-Bus

DSUB-PIN Signal Description

1 NC

2 NC

3 LIN_GND LIN Ground

4 NC

5 NC

6 LIN_GND Optional LIN Ground

7 LIN_INPUT/OUTPUT LIN bus line

8 NC

9 NC



5.5.3.2 Display plug

DSUB-9 plug

DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in device

1 DCD Vcc 5V connected

2 RXD Receive Data connected

3 TXD Transmit Data connected

4 DTR 5V connected

5 GND ground connected

6 DSR Data Set Ready connected

7 RTS Ready To Send connected

8 CTS Clear To Send connected

9 R1 Pulldown to GND connected

Supply for the graphical display+ - nc

Binder 1 2 3Souriau B C A

5.5.3.3 Modem DSUB-9 plug

DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in device

1 DCD Data Carrier Detect connected

2 RxD Receive Data connected

3 TxD Transmit Data connected

4 DTR Data Terminal Ready connected

5 GND Ground connected

6 DSR Data Set Ready connected

7 RTS Ready To Send connected

8 CTS Clear To Send connected



5.5.3.4 GPS-mouse DSUB-9 plug

With the following wiring, the GPS35LVS or Garmin GPS18-5Hz can be connected:

DSUB-PIN Signal Color BNC-plug

1 Vin Red

2 RxD1* White

3 TxD1 Blue

4 -

5 GND, PowerOff Black, Yellow Shield

6 -

7 1PPS (1Hz-clock) Gray Signal

8 -

9 -

*Pin configuration of measurement device. At the GPS-mouse Rx and Tx are interchanged.



5.5.4 Connector plugs Cross-Reference

*8-bit block isolated high impedance


*** not compatible with ACC/DSUB-U4



Index

- 1 -

1/3-octave calculation: AUDIO-4 53

- 7 -

7008, 7016: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration 139

- A -

AAF-filter 37

AC-adapter 18

ACCDSUB-ESD: description 146

ACCDSUB-ESD: technical data 213

accessories 17

Accident Prevention Regulations 16

activating device 19

adjustment: UNI-8 140

aggregate sampling rate 36

aliasing 37

Alphanumeric Display: Technical specs 210

Alphanumeric Displays 147

amplitude difference 105

amplitude response correction 104

analog outputs 64, 127

angle measurement 91

antialiasing filter 37

ARINC-bus Interface: Technical specs 208

AUDIO-4 53

AUDIO-4 ICP sensors 53

AUDIO-4: 1/3-octave calculation 53

AUDIO-4: input impedance 53

AUDIO-4: Technical specs 160

AUDIO-4: voltage measurement 53

AUDIO-4-MIC 54

AUDIO-4-MIC: microphone supply module 54

- B -

balancing 24, 68, 71, 133, 135

bandwidth: DCB-8 72

bandwidth: ICPU-16 109

bandwidth: ICPU-8 108

bandwidth: LV2-8 117

bandwidth: UNI-8 141

basic systems 153

battery 21

battery: rechargeable 23

BEEPER 151

bit-window: digital inputs 74

block schematic: DI-16 73

BR-4 55

BR-4: cable qualities and configuration 60

BR-4: full bridge, double and single line-sense 56

BR-4: full bridge, double sense 56

BR-4: half-bridge, double sense 56

BR-4: half-bridge, single line-sense 57

BR-4: half-bridge, without sense 57

BR-4: overload recognition 59

BR-4: quarter bridge, with sense 58

BR-4: quarter-bridge, without sense 58

BR-4: Technical specs 163

bridge balancing 51

bridge measurement 68, 133

bridge measurement: 68, 133

bridge modules 43

bridge-mesurement: general remarks 43

broken leads: UNI-8 140

buffer duration: maxium (UPS) 21

buffering battery 21

buffering time constant (UPS) 21

- C -

C-8 61

C-8: connector plug 63

C-8: input impedance 61

C-8: PT100 (RTD) measurement 62

C-8: RTD measurement 62

C-8: sensor supply 63

C-8: shielding 63

C-8: Technical specs 166

C-8: temperature measurement 61

C-8: thermocouple measurement 62

C-8: Thermoplug 61

C-8: voltage measurement 61

Cables 16

calibration 24

Index 233


calibration resistance 43

CAN-Bus 26

CAN-BUS Interface: Technical specs 208

CAN-Bus: pin configuration 227

carrier frequency amplifier 44

CE Certification 12

CHASSIS 18

circuit schematic: ICP expansion plug 145

clamp diode: digital outputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81

clamp diode: digital outputs (DO-16) 85

classes of sensors 36

cleaning 25

cold junction compensation: thermocouples 41

coldjunction compensation: thermocouple 61

comparator 93

connections: high voltage channels 103

connector plug: C-8 63

control functions 64, 81, 85

converter 105

counter 91

coupling 36

Cross-Reference: DSUB connectors 230

current measurement: current probe 100, 103, 104

current measurement: HV-2U2I 103

current measurement: HV-4I 100, 103

current measurement: ISO2-8 111

current measurement: isolated voltage channels 111

current measurement: LV-16 113

current measurement: LV2-8 116

current measurement: OSC-16 119

current measurement: SC2-32 125

current measurement: shunt-plug 111, 113, 119,125

current probe 100, 103

current probe channels: connection plug 105

current probe: amplitude response correction 104

current probe: connections 104

current probe: phase response correction 104

current probe: supply voltage 100

current supply: imc CRONOS PL 153

current-fed accelerometer: application hints 142

current-fed sensors 52

Customer Service: address 14

Customer Support: Phone and Fax 10

- D -

DAC-8 64

DAC-8: Technical specs 169

data format: digital inputs 74

data storage: imc CRONOS PL 153

database: sensor 152

data-logging operation 35

DC-12/24 USV: Technical specs 218

DCB-8 65

DCB-8: balancing 71

DCB-8: bandwidth 72

DCB-8: bridge measurement 68

DCB-8: current measurement (2-wire for sensorswitha current signal and variable supply) 67

DCB-8: current measurement (differential) 67

DCB-8: current measurement (ground-referenced) 67

DCB-8: full bridge 69

DCB-8: half bridge 69

DCB-8: input impedance 65

DCB-8: quarter bridge 70

DCB-8: quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option 70

DCB-8: sensor supply 72

DCB-8: shunt calibration 71

DCB-8: Technical specs 170

DCB-8: voltage measurement 65

DCB-8: voltage measurement with zero-adjusting(tare) 66

DCB-8: voltage source at a different fixed potential 66

DCB-8: voltage source with ground reference 65

DCB-8: voltage source without ground reference 66

DCF:technical data 217

DCF77 151

DELTATRON 52, 53, 106, 109, 115, 128

desktop power supply unit 18

device overview 33

device properties: imc CRONOS PL 153

device: properties for all devices 29

DI-16 73

DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4): Technical specs 176

DI-16: block schematic 73

DI-16: possible configurations 74

DI-16: Technical specs 173



DI16-DO8-ENC4 79, 81

DI16-DO8-ENC4: block schematic DO8 82

DI16-DO8-ENC4: block schematic ENC4 84

DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs 79, 81

DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs 24V 79

DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs sampling interval 80

DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs signal levels 80

DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs TTL-range 79

DI16-DO8-ENC4: ENC-4 83

DI16-DO8-ENC4: incremental encoder trackconfiguration options 83

DI16-DO8-ENC4: possible configurations 82

differential input: incremental encoder channel 93

differential input: incremental encoder channels(DI16-DO8-ENC4) 83

differential input: voltage channels 53, 61, 100,102, 103, 106, 109, 110, 113, 115, 118, 125

Digital high current outputs 87

digital inputs 73, 79

digital inputs for high voltages 75

digital inputs: display 74

digital inputs: numerical format 74

digital inputs: reading 74

digital outputs 81, 85

DI-HV-4 75

DI-HV-4: connection 78

DI-HV-4: DC-Mode 75

DI-HV-4: digital inputs for high voltages 75

DI-HV-4: hysteresis (AC-Mode) 75

DI-HV-4: hysteresis (DC-Mode) 75

DI-HV-4: Phoenix plug 78

DI-HV-4: Technical specs 174

DI-HV-4: threshold (AC-Mode) 75

DI-HV-4: threshold (DC-Mode) 75

DIN-EN-ISO-9001 12

display: Display variables 147

Display: DSUB-9 228

display: overview 147

Display: pin configuration 228

DO-16 85

DO-16: control through Online FAMOS 86

DO-16: Possible configurations: 86

DO-16: Technical specs 177

DO-8 81

DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4): Technical specs 176

DO8 block schematic: DI16-DO8-ENC4 82

DO-HC-16 87

DO-HC-16: Open drain mode 89

DO-HC-16: Open source mode 89

DO-HC-16: schematic diagram 88

DO-HC-16: Technical specs 178

DO-HC-16: Totem pole mode 90

DO-HC-16: TTL / CMOS (5V) mode 90

DSUB connectors: Cross-Reference 230

DSUB-15 plugs 219

DSUB-15 plugs: description 219

DSUB-9: Display 228

DSUB-9: GPS-mouse 229

DSUB-9: imc Grafik Display 228

DSUB-9: modem 228

dual track encoder 92, 93

- E -

Elastic modulus 51

Elektro- und Elektronikgerätegesetz 13

Elektro-Altgeräte Register 13

ElektroG 13

EMC 15

ENC-4 91

ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 83

ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4): Technical specs 175

ENC4 block schematic: DI16-DO8-ENC4 84

ENC-4: channel assignment 95

ENC-4: maximum input range 92

ENC-4: scaling 92

ENC-4: Technical specs 180

ENC-4: time measurement conditions 91

event-counts 91

exchanging modules 23

- F -

factory configuration options: imc CRONOS PL 153

FCC: Modifications 15

FCC-Note 15

feed current: ICP-channels 142

Filter for OSC-16 124

filter frequency 36

filter: incremental encoder channel 93

filter: OSC-16 124

Index 235


frequency measurement 91

full bridge 69, 133

full bridge configuration 43

full bridge: 4 active strain gauges 50

full bridge: general 48

full bridge: half bridge - shear strain 50

full bridge: Poisson full bridge (strain gauges adjacentbranches) 49

full bridge: Poisson full bridge (strain gauges opposedbranches) 49

fuse: ext. supply (incremental encoder) 92

fuses: overview 23

- G -

galvanic isolation digital outputs 81

galvanic isolation: digital inputs 73

galvanic isolation: digital outputs 85

galvanic isolation: supply input 18

Germany 10

GPS 149

GPS:technical data 217

GPS-mouse: DSUB-9 229

GPS-mouse: pin configuration 229

grounding 18, 19

grounding socket 18

grounding: concept 18

grounding: ICP expansion plug 143

grounding: incremental encoder channel 97

grounding: power supply 18

Guarantee 17

Guide 11

- H -

half bridge 69, 134

half bridge: 1 active and 1 passive starin gauge 48

half bridge: 2 sctive strain gauges 47

half bridge: general 46

half bridge: Poisson 47

half bridge: strain gauge 46

half-bridge configuration 43

hand-held terminal 147

hardware options: imc CRONOS PL 153

high voltage channels: connections 103

hotline 10

HRENC-4 98

HRENC-4: connection 99

HRENC-4: functioning 99

HRENC-4: input 99

HRENC-4: settings in imcDevices 98

HRENC-4: signalshape 99

HRENC-4: Technical specs 181

HRENC-4: two-track sine/cosine signal generators 98

HV: amplitude- and phase response correction 104

HV-2U2I 102

HV-2U2I: connection (voltage) 103

HV-2U2I: current measurement 103

HV-2U2I: current probe 102

HV-2U2I: input impedance 102

HV-2U2I: pin configuration and cable wiring 105

HV-2U2I: Technical specs 185

HV-2U2I: voltage measurement 102

HV-4I 100

HV-4I (current probe channels): Technical specs 184

HV-4I (high-voltage channels): Technical specs 183

HV-4I: current measurement 100, 103

HV-4I: current probe 100

HV-4I: High-voltage channels 100

HV-4I: input impedance 100

HV-4I: voltage measurement 100

HV-4I: voltage measurement - current probechannels 100

HV-4U 102

HV-4U: connection (voltage) 103

HV-4U: current probe 102

HV-4U: input impedance 102

HV-4U: Technical specs 185

HV-4U: voltage measurement 102

hysteresis: digital inputs 73

hysteresis: incremental encoder conditioning 93

hysteresis: UPS, take-over threshold 22

- I -

ICP 52, 53, 106, 109, 115, 128

ICP expansion plug 143

ICP expansion plug: circuit schematic 145

ICP expansion plug: configuration 143

ICP expansion plug: grounding 143



ICP expansion plug: shielding 143

ICP expansion plug: voltage channels 143

ICP: AUDIO-4 53

ICP-channels 142

ICP-channels: application hints 142

ICP-channels: feed current 142

ICP-channels: supply current 142

ICP-channels: voltage channels with iICP expansionplug 143

ICP-expansion plug 212

ICP-expansion plug: Technical specs 212

ICPU-16 109

ICPU-16: bandwidth 109

ICPU-16: input impedance 109

ICPU-16: Technical specs 191

ICPU-16: voltage measurement 109

ICPU-16: voltage measurement with taring 109

ICPU-16: voltage source with ground reference 109

ICPU-16: voltage source without ground reference 109

ICPU-8 106

ICPU-8: bandwidth 108

ICPU-8: input impedance 107

ICPU-8: Technical specs 189

ICPU-8: voltage measurement 107

ICPU-8: voltage measurement with taring 107

ICPU-8: voltage source with ground reference 107

ICPU-8: voltage source without ground reference 107

IEEE 1451.4 152

imc CRONOS PL 153

imc CRONOS PL: terminal configuration 153

imc CRONOS PL-13 AC 30

imc CRONOS PL-15 DC 30

imc CRONOS PL-16 31

imc CRONOS PL-4 29

imc CRONOS PL-8 30

imc Customer Support 10

imc Display 147

imc Grafik Display: DSUB-9 228

imc Grafik Display: pin configuration 228

imc Graphics Display: Technical specs 210

imc Graphics Displays 147

imc Limited Warranty 13

imc Sensors 152

INC-4 91

incremental encoder 91

incremental encoder channel: Open-Collector Sensor 96

incremental encoder channel: RS422 97

incremental encoder channel: sensors with currentsignals 97

incremental encoder track: DI16-DO8-ENC4 83

incremental encoder: conditioning 93

incremental encoder: measurement quantities 91

incremental encoder: scaling 92

incremental encoder: sensors 92

incremental encoder:threshold 93

incremental sensors with current signals 213

index signal 92

index track 92

initation: important notes 18

input coupling: ICPU-16 106

input coupling: ICPU-8 106

input impdance: AUDIO-4 53

input impdance: C-8 61

input impdance: DCB-8 65

input impdance: HV-2U2I 102

input impdance: HV-4I 100

input impdance: HV-4U 102

input impdance: ICPU-16 109

input impdance: ICPU-8 107

input impdance: ISO2-8 110

input impdance: LV-16 113

input impdance: LV2-8 115

input impdance: OSC-16 119

input impdance: SC2-32 125

input impdance: UNI-8 128

input impedance: high voltage channels 102, 103

input range 36

input voltage: DI16-DO8-ENC4 79

inputs 36

internal time base 217

introduction 26

IPTS-68 40

ISO2-8 110

ISO2-8: bandwidth 110

ISO2-8: current measurement 111

ISO2-8: ICP (supply voltage) 111

ISO2-8: input impedance 110

ISO2-8: PT100 112

ISO2-8: RTD 112

Index 237


ISO2-8: sensor supply 111

ISO2-8: supply voltage for ICP 111

ISO2-8: Technical specs 192

ISO2-8: temperature measurement 112

ISO2-8: thermocouples 112

ISO2-8: voltage measurement 110

Isolated thermo couple 137

ISOSYNC 18, 151

ISOSYNC:technical data 217

IU-plug 213

- J -

J1587-BUS Interface: Technical specs 209

J1587-Bus: pin configuration 227

- K -

Kelvin connection: RTD 41

K-factor 51

- L -

leakage: UPS battery 22

LEDs 151

LEVEL 73

LIN-BUS Interface: Technical specs 209

LIN-Bus: pin configuration 227

linear motion measurement 91

logic threshold levels: digital inputs 73

logic threshold levels: digital outputs(DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81

logic threshold levels: digital outputs (DO-16) 85

LV-16 113

LV-16: current measurement 113

LV-16: input impedance 113

LV-16: pin configuration and cabling 114

LV-16: sensor supply 114

LV-16: supply voltage 114

LV-16: Technical specs 195

LV-16: voltage measurement 113

LV2-8 115

LV2-8: bandwidth 117

LV2-8: current measurement 116

LV2-8: ICP (supply voltage) 116

LV2-8: input impedance 115

LV2-8: sensor supply 117

LV2-8: supply voltage for ICP 116

LV2-8: Technical specs 197

LV2-8: voltage measurement 115

LV2-8: voltage measurement with taring 116

LV2-8: voltage source at other, fixed potential 116

LV2-8: voltage source with ground reference 115

LV2-8: voltage source without ground reference 115

- M -

main switch 19

maintenance 24

maximum input range: INC-channels 92

measurement mode: current-fed sensors 52

measurement mode: ICP 52

MIC_SUPPLY: Technical specs 162

Mini-DIN8: pin configuration 100

mode: digital high current outputs (driverconfiguration) 88

mode: digital inputs (synchronous/asynchronous) 74

mode: digital outputs (driver configuration) 81, 85

modem connection 151

modem: DSUB-9 228

modem: pin configuration 228

modularity 22

module overview 158

- N -

Nippondenso: sensor 140

Nyquist frequency 37

- O -

OPDRN 81, 85

Open Drain: DO-HC-16 87

open sensor detection: PT100 (RTD) 140

open sensor detection: thermocouples 140

open sensor detection: UNI-8 140

Open Source: DO-HC-16 87

Open-Collector Sensor: incremental encoder channel 96

Open-Drain (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81

Open-Drain (DO-16) 85



operating conditions: imc CRONOS PL 153

operation: precautions 24

OSC-16 118

OSC-16: current measurement 119

OSC-16: filter 124

OSC-16: input impedance 119

OSC-16: PT100 (RTD) measurement 120

OSC-16: RTD measurement 120

OSC-16: sensor supply (optional) 120

OSC-16: Sensor supply standard (5V) 120

OSC-16: Technical specs 199

OSC-16: temperature measurement 119

OSC-16: thermocouple measurement 119

OSC-16: voltage measurement 119

overload recognition: BR-4 59

overview modules 158

- P -

PCB 142

phase difference 91

phase matching 39

phase response correction 104

phasen difference 105

PIEZOBEAM 52

Piezotron 52, 106, 109, 115, 128, 142

pin configuration and cabling: LV-16 114

pin configuration and cabling: SC2-32 126

pin configuration: ACC/DSUB Standard 220

pin configuration: CAN-Bus 227

pin configuration: CRPL/DSUB special 224

pin configuration: CRPL/DSUB Standard 223

pin configuration: Display 228

pin configuration: GPS-mouse 229

pin configuration: imc Grafik Display 228

pin configuration: J1587-Bus 227

pin configuration: LIN-Bus 227

pin configuration: Mini-DIN8 100

pin configuration: modem 228

pin configuration: REMOTE 20

pin configuration: scanner CRPL/SC2-32 (2 xDSUB-37) 226

pin configuration: scanner CRPL/SC2-32 (8 xDSUB-15) 225

pin configuration: special 222

pin configuration: supply plug (LEMO) 19

pin configuration: TEDS 221

PL-13 30

PL-15 30

PL-16 31

PL-4 29

PL-8 30

plaque 24

platinum resistor thermometer 138

Plug & Measure 152

Poisson half bridge 47

Poisson's ratio 51

possible configurations: DI-16 74

possible configurations: DI16-DO8-ENC4 82

Possible configurations: DO-16 86

power supply 19

power unit 18

power-up: digital outputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81

power-up: digital outputs (DO-16) 85

Precautions for operation 24

Product improvement 14

PT100 41, 62, 112, 120, 138

PT100 (RTD) measurement: OSC-16 120

Pt100 in 2-wire configuration 139



- Q -

quadrature encoder 92, 93

Quality Management 13

quarter bridge 46, 70, 134

quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option 70, 134

quarter-bridge configuration 43

quarter-bridge configuration: background 59

- R -

Real Time Clock 217

real-time data reduction 35

receiver: GPS 149

rechargeable battery 21, 23

rechargeable battery: charging 22

Remote switch on 20

Restriction of Hazardous Substances 13

RJ45 socket 151

Rogowski coil 105

Index 239


RoHS 13

rpm-measurement 91

RS422: incremental encoder channel 96, 97

RST 19

RTC 217

RTD 41, 62, 112, 120, 138

RTD measurement: OSC-16 120

- S -

safety banana jack 103

sampling rate 36

sampling rate: constraints 36

sampling theorem 37

sampling: aggregate sampling rate 36

sampling: concept 91

sampling: digital inputs 74

SC2-32 52, 125

SC2-32: current measurement 125

SC2-32: input impedance 125

SC2-32: pin configuration and cabling 126

SC2-32: sensor supply 126

SC2-32: supply voltage 126

SC2-32: Technical specs 202

SC2-32: voltage measurement 125

SC2-32:TEDS 125

scaling for strain analysis 51

scaling: incremental encoder 92

scaling: incremental encoder channels 92

scaling: strain gauges 51

scanner concept 121

scanner module: LV-16 113

scanner module: OSC-16 118

scanner module: SC2-32 52, 125

schematic diagram: DO-HC-16 88

Schmitt-trigger: digital inputs 73

Schmitt-trigger: incremental encoder conditioning 93

SENSE 43

SENSE: general notes 71, 135

sensor database 152

Sensor supply standard (5V) OSC-16 120

sensor supply: C-8 63

sensor supply: DCB-8 72

sensor supply: ISO2-8 111

sensor supply: LV-16 114

sensor supply: LV2-8 117

sensor supply: OSC-16 (optional) 120

sensor supply: SC2-32 126

sensor supply: SEN-SUPPLY 151

sensor supply: UNI-8 141

sensors requiring adjustment of their supply 140

sensors with current signals: incremental encoderchannel 97

sensors: classes 36

SENS-SUPPLY: Technical specs 216

SEN-SUPPLY 151

servicing 24

shielding 18

shielding: C-8 63

shielding: incremental encoder channel 97

shielding: principle 18

shielding: signal leads 18

shieling: ICP expansion plug 143

short-circuit: UNI-8 140

shunt calibration 68, 71, 133, 135

shunt-plug 111, 113, 119, 125

sine/cosine signal generators: HRENC-4 98

single track encoder 92, 93

SL2 32

SL-2 32

SL4 33

SL-4 33

software equipment: imc CRONOS PL 153

storage and triggering options 35

storage options 35

strain gauge: scaling 51

strain gauges 45

STZ-30 (current probe): Technical specs 215

suply voltage: digital inputs 73

supply current: ICP expansion plug 143

supply current: ICP-channels 142

supply current: RTD measurement 41

Supply graphical display 228

supply plug Binder 228

supply plug Souriau 228

supply voltage 19

supply voltage: current probe 100

supply voltage: digital outputs 81, 85

supply voltage: incremental encoder 92

supply voltage: incremental encoder(DI16-DO8-ENC4) 83



supply voltage: internal, remote control plug 20

supply voltage: ISO2-8 111

supply voltage: isolated voltage channels 111

supply voltage: LV-16 114

supply voltage: LV2-8 116

supply voltage: SC2-32 126

SUPPLY: Technical specs 216

switching device on/off 19

SYNC 92, 151

Sync terminal 18, 151

synchronicity: digital inputs 74

synchronization 18, 39, 151

synchronization: incremental encoder 92

synchronization:technical data 217

SYNTH-8 127

SYNTH-8: Technical specs 204

Synthesizer 127

- T -

Technical data: ACCDSUB-ESD 213

technical data:DCF 217

technical data:GPS 217

technical data:ISOSYNC 217

technical data:synchronization 217

technical data:time base 217

Technical specs: Alphanumeric Display 210

Technical specs: ARINC-bus Interface 208

Technical specs: AUDIO-4 160

Technical specs: BR-4 163

Technical specs: C-8 166

Technical specs: CAN-BUS Interface 208

Technical specs: DAC-8 169

Technical specs: DC-12/24 USV 218

Technical specs: DCB-8 170

Technical specs: DI-16 173

Technical specs: DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 176

Technical specs: DI-HV-4 174

Technical specs: DO-16 177

Technical specs: DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 176

Technical specs: DO-HC-16 178

Technical specs: ENC-4 180

Technical specs: ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 175

Technical specs: HRENC-4 181

Technical specs: HV-2U2I 185

Technical specs: HV-4I (current probe channels) 184

Technical specs: HV-4I (high-voltage channels) 183

Technical specs: HV-4U 185

Technical specs: ICP-expansion plug 212

Technical specs: ICPU-16 191

Technical specs: ICPU-8 189

Technical specs: imc CRONOS PL 153

Technical specs: imc Graphics Display 210

Technical specs: ISO2-8 192

Technical specs: J1587-BUS Interface 209

Technical specs: LIN-BUS Interface 209

Technical specs: LV-16 195

Technical specs: LV2-8 197

Technical specs: MIC_SUPPLY 162

Technical specs: OSC-16 199

Technical specs: SC2-32 202

Technical specs: SENS-SUPPLY 216

Technical specs: STZ-30 (current probe) 215

Technical specs: SUPPLY 216

Technical specs: SYNTH-8 204

Technical specs: UNI-8 205

TEDS 152

TEDS: advantages 152

TEDS: applications 152

TEDS:SC2-32 125

temperature measurement 112

temperature measurement: C-8 61

temperature measurement: maximum sampling rate 121

temperature measurement: OSC-16 119

temperature measurement: UNI-8 136

temperature table: IPTS-68 40

thermo plug 41

thermocouple measurement: C-8 62

thermocouple measurement: OSC-16 119

thermocouple measurement: UNI-8 136

thermocouples 112

thermocouples: colour codes 40

thermocouples: DIN and IEC 40

thermoplug 61

threshold: ENC-4 (DIOENC) 83

threshold: incremental encoder 93

time base:technical data 217

time counter: GPS 149

Index 241


time measurement 91

time measurement: conditions 91

Totem-Pole (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81

Totem-Pole (DO-16) 85

Totem-Pole: DO-HC-16 87

track (X,Y) 92, 93, 96

transducer 105

Transitional Recording 35

transportation damage 17

Transporting 17

trigger options 34

two-track sine/cosine signal generators 98

- U -

UNI-8 128

UNI-8: balancing 135

UNI-8: bandwidth 141

UNI-8: bridge measurement 133

UNI-8: connector plug 141

UNI-8: current measurement (2-wire for sensorswitha current signal and variable supply) 132

UNI-8: current measurement (differential) 131

UNI-8: current measurement (ground-referenced) 131

UNI-8: current-fed sensors 130

UNI-8: full bridge 133

UNI-8: half bridge 134

UNI-8: input impedance 128

UNI-8: PT100 (RTD) measurement 138

UNI-8: Pt100 in 2-wire configuration 139

UNI-8: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration 139

UNI-8: quarter bridge 134

UNI-8: quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option 134

UNI-8: RTD measurement 138

UNI-8: sensor supply 141

UNI-8: shunt calibration 135

UNI-8: Technical specs 205

UNI-8: temperature measurement 136

UNI-8: thermocouple measurement 136

UNI-8: thermocouple mounted with ground reference 137

UNI-8: thermocouple mounted without groundreference 138

UNI-8: voltage measurement 128

UNI-8: voltage measurement with zero-adjusting(tare) 130

UNI-8: voltage source at a different fixed potential 130

UNI-8: voltage source with ground reference 129

UNI-8: voltage source without ground reference 129

uninterruptible power supply 21

- V -

velocity measurement 91

voltage channels: ICP expansion plug 143

voltage measurement: AUDIO-4 53

voltage measurement: C-8 61

voltage measurement: current probe channels HV-4I 100

voltage measurement: DCB-8 65

voltage measurement: high voltage channels 102,103

voltage measurement: HV-2U2I 102

voltage measurement: HV-4I 100

voltage measurement: HV-4U 102

voltage measurement: ICPU-16 109

voltage measurement: ICPU-8 107

voltage measurement: ISO2-8 110

voltage measurement: isolated voltage channels 110

voltage measurement: LV-16 113

voltage measurement: LV2-8 115

voltage measurement: OSC-16 119

voltage measurement: SC2-32 125

voltage measurement: UNI-8 128

voltage: current probe 100, 102

voltage: high voltage 100, 102, 103

voltage: isolated 110, 118

voltage: non-isolated 53, 61, 106, 109, 113, 115,125

- W -

warm-up phase 18

Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment 13

WEEE 13

What you should really read! 17

WSGs 45



- Y -

Y2K 13

Year 2000 conformity 13

- Z -

zero marker pulse 92

imc cronos pl manual

Documents

5m v62db92db120

registered

4class ii

lowpass filter10

lowpass filter100

5nakta 5nakta

external shuntfilter

commentsinputs